H01H   1/00  \	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	28	ʱȣȣ	Contacts (liquid contacts H01H 29/04)
H01H   1/00  A	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	62	̿ɽ	Devices for indicating contact life
H01H   1/00  B	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	122	ѽ	Lubricants for contacts
H01H   1/00  C	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	29	ʷϵĴ	Adjusting environments for contacts
H01H   1/00  D	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	91	˴ؤ¬	Measurements related to contacts
H01H   1/00  E	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	257	λٻ	Supporting or fixing contacts
H01H   1/00  Z	0	0	5G050	H01H   1/00	108	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/02  \	1	1	5G050	H01H   1/02	77	κħȤ	characterised by the material thereof
H01H   1/021  \	2	2	5G050	H01H   1/021	2147	ʣΣ	Composite material
H01H   1/021 101 \	3	3	5G050	H01H   1/021	125	ܺ˥󥰥ƥͭ	include tungsten in basic material
H01H   1/023  \	3	3	5G050	H01H   1/023	4	ܺ˵°ͭΡΣ	having a noble metal as the basic material
H01H   1/023  A	3	0	5G050	H01H   1/023	1430	ܺ˶ͭ	include silver in basic material
H01H   1/023  B	3	0	5G050	H01H   1/023	185	ܺ˶ͭ	include gold in basic material
H01H   1/023  C	3	0	5G050	H01H   1/023	145	ܺ˥ѥ饸ͭ	include palladium in basic material
H01H   1/023  Z	3	0	5G050	H01H   1/023	37	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/0233  \	4	4	5G050	H01H   1/0233	145	úʪޤΡΣ	and containing carbides
H01H   1/0237  \	4	4	5G050	H01H   1/0237	824	ʪޤΡΣ	and containing oxides
H01H   1/025  \	3	3	5G050	H01H   1/025	526	ܺƼͭΡΣ	having copper as the basic material
H01H   1/027  \	3	3	5G050	H01H   1/027	87	úγҤޤúݤޤΡΣ	containing carbon particles or fibres
H01H   1/029  \	3	3	5G050	H01H   1/029	159	ΤٻޤܹʬƤƳźʤΡΣ	comprising conducting material dispersed in an elastic support or binding material
H01H   1/04  \	2	2	5G050	H01H   1/04	23	ۺζư	Co-operating contacts of different material
H01H   1/04  A	2	0	5G050	H01H   1/04	376	и̤ܿۺ	Opposite contact surfaces made of different materials
H01H   1/04  B	2	0	5G050	H01H   1/04	660	ؾ	Layer contact materials
H01H   1/04  C	2	1	5G050	H01H   1/04	111	꡼ɥå	For reed switches
H01H   1/04  D	2	0	5G050	H01H   1/04	99	ɽ̽	Surface treatments
H01H   1/04  E	2	0	5G050	H01H   1/04	371	äѥå	Plating or spattering
H01H   1/04  Z	2	0	5G050	H01H   1/04	43	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/06  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/06	26	̤ܿηޤϹ¤ħȤΡ㡥¾Τ	characterised by the shape or structure of the contact-making surface, e.g. grooved
H01H   1/06  A	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	412		Printed wiring contacts
H01H   1/06  B	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	117	Х	Coil spring contacts
H01H   1/06  C	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	346	ʣȹ礻	Combinations of multiple members
H01H   1/06  D	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/06	238	Ϥˤѷ	Deforming and fixing with pressure
H01H   1/06  E	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/06	26	ͤ	Screwing
H01H   1/06  F	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/06	149		Welding
H01H   1/06  G	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/06	94	Ⱦ	Brazing or soldering
H01H   1/06  H	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	239	Ƴ	Conductive rubber contacts
H01H   1/06  J	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	313	̤ܿα̷	Convex or concave profiles on contact surfaces
H01H   1/06  K	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	172	٤ʷ¤	Minute profiles or structures of contacts
H01H   1/06  L	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	96	ȤδϢ	Relations with insulators
H01H   1/06  M	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	314	Фθ	Considerations for arcing
H01H   1/06  Z	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/06	385	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/08  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/08	305	ˤ꿻줿	wetted with mercury
H01H   1/10  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/10	33	ʬ䤵줿̤ܿ	Laminated contacts with divided contact surface
H01H   1/12  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/12	57	ưܿͤħΤ	characterised by the manner in which co-operating contacts engage
H01H   1/14  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/14	297	׹ˤ	by abutting
H01H   1/16  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/16	211	ˤΡŤʤˤΡޤϥܡ	by rolling; by wrapping; Roller or ball contacts
H01H   1/18  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/18	387	饤ɤȼ	with subsequent sliding
H01H   1/20  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/20	535		Bridging contacts
H01H   1/22  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/22	250	ư夹붯ǤʿĤ	with rigid pivoted member carrying the moving contact
H01H   1/24  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/24	300	ŪȤΩƤ줿	with resilient mounting
H01H   1/26  \	4	4	5G051	H01H   1/26	43	ХһٻĤ	with spring blade support
H01H   1/26  A	4	0	5G051	H01H   1/26	122		Contacts
H01H   1/26  B	4	0	5G051	H01H   1/26	340	һХ	Cantilever spring blades
H01H   1/26  C	4	0	5G051	H01H   1/26	278	ꡤٻ	Fixing or supporting
H01H   1/26  Z	4	0	5G051	H01H   1/26	447	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/28  \	5	5	5G051	H01H   1/28	137	İʾХΩ	Assembly of three or more contact-supporting spring blades
H01H   1/30  \	4	4	5G051	H01H   1/30	46	ٻĤ	within supporting guides
H01H   1/32  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/32	33		Self-aligning contacts
H01H   1/34  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/34	98	ưߤΰ֤Ĵ᤹ʤĤ	with provision for adjusting position of contact relative to its co-operating contact
H01H   1/36  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/36	42	饤ɤˤ	by sliding
H01H   1/36  A	2	0	5G051	H01H   1/36	111	跿	Horse-riding type
H01H   1/36  Z	2	0	5G051	H01H   1/36	603	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/38  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/38	519	ߤȼ	Plug-and-socket contacts
H01H   1/40  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/40	130	̤ܿܤΤƱʿ̤Ǥ褦˼դ줿	Contact mounted so that its contact-making surface is flush with adjoining insulation
H01H   1/42  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/42	507	ʥդӥå	Knife-and-clip contacts
H01H   1/44  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/44	304	ŪȤΩƤ줿	with resilient mounting
H01H   1/46  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/46	3		self-aligning contacts
H01H   1/48  \	3	3	5G051	H01H   1/48	22	ưߤΰ֤Ĵ᤹ʤĤ	with provision for adjusting position of contact relative to its co-operating contact
H01H   1/50  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/50	608	ܿϤ硤οưɻߡ֤ݻޤϳ֤ؤ	Means for increasing contact pressure, preventing vibration of contacts, holding contacts together after engagement, or biasing contacts to the open position
H01H   1/52  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/52	25	ݻߤŬ	Contacts adapted to act as latches
H01H   1/54  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/54	284	Ϥˤ	by magnetic force
H01H   1/56  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/56	94	Ĺ֤Ȥ֡㡥ٻåڤ괹	Contact arrangements for providing make-before-break operation, e.g. for on-load tap-changing
H01H   1/58  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/58	35	ޤ֤ŵŪ³ߥʥ	Electric connections to or between contacts; Terminals
H01H   1/58  A	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/58	469	ü³	Connecting contact terminals
H01H   1/58  B	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/58	197	üθ	Fixing contact terminals
H01H   1/58  C	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/58	118	ü³ȸͤ	Combinations of connecting and fixing contact terminals
H01H   1/58  D	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/58	48	Ⱦήɻ	Preventing solder inflow
H01H   1/58  Z	1	0	5G051	H01H   1/58	359	¾Τ	Others
H01H   1/60  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/60	463	̤ܿޤϳ餫ˤ뤿˥åȴϢ¤֡ξưˤȣȣȣȣ	Auxiliary means structurally associated with the switch for cleaning or lubricating contact-making surfaces (cleaning by normal sliding of contacts H01H 1/18, H01H 1/36)
H01H   1/62  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/62	126	βǮޤ	Heating or cooling of contacts
H01H   1/64  \	1	1	5G051	H01H   1/64	167	ФݸϤХåեĤޤϼפؤ	Protective enclosures, baffle plates, or screens for contacts
H01H   1/66  \	2	2	5G051	H01H   1/66	551	ޤϥƤƴ줿㡥꡼	Contacts sealed in an evacuated or gas-filled envelope, e.g. magnetic dry-reed contacts
H01H   3/00  \	0	0	5G025	H01H   3/00	23	Ǯưޤϼʣȣȣ	Mechanisms for operating contacts (thermal actuating or release means H01H 37/02)
H01H   3/00  A	0	0	5G025	H01H   3/00	141	ӤˤħŤ	Characterised by applications
H01H   3/00  B	0	0	5G025	H01H   3/00	129	ư	Operating mechanisms for motor controllers
H01H   3/00  Z	0	0	5G025	H01H   3/00	117	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/02  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/02	15	ʬʤåФƵŪϤˤäƶư뤿Τ	Operating parts, i.e. for operating driving mechanism by a mechanical force external to the switch
H01H   3/02  A	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/02	123	ӤˤħŤ	Characterised by applications
H01H   3/02  B	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/02	213	饤ɥĥѤĤޤ	Knobs for slide switches
H01H   3/02  C	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/02	161	ưĥѤĤޤ	Knobs for oscillation switches
H01H   3/02  Z	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/02	134	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/04  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/04	13	Сʥ֥ȣȣ	Levers (tumblers H01H 23/14)
H01H   3/04  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/04	105	СݼΤι¤ħΤ	Characterised by lever structures per se
H01H   3/04  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/04	245	ư	Tilting levers
H01H   3/04  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/04	117	ž	Turning levers
H01H   3/04  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/04	52	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/06  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   3/06	87	ưμФ	Means for securing to shaft of driving mechanism
H01H   3/08  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/08	10	žĤޤ	Turn knobs
H01H   3/08  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/08	205	žĤޤ߼Τι¤ħΤ	Characterised by structures of rotary levers per se
H01H   3/08  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/08	123	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/10  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   3/10	108	ưμФ	Means for securing to shaft of driving mechanism
H01H   3/12  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/12	26	ܥ	Push-buttons
H01H   3/12  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	371	ܥΤι¤ħΤ	Characterised by structures of pushbuttons per se
H01H   3/12  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	222	ưΤΡֿޡ	Tilting buttons [figure]
H01H   3/12  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	352	߼ΤΡֿޡ	Pushbuttons [figure]
H01H   3/12  D	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	145	ݥܡݥɼΤ	Keyboard type
H01H   3/12  E	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	347	ܥμչ¤	Mounting structures of pushbuttons
H01H   3/12  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/12	98	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/14  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/14	113	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H   3/16  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/16	47	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưŬΡåʪΤȤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪǤΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξΥ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. for a door switch, a limit switch, a floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H   3/16  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/16	97	ưĥ	Proximity motion switches
H01H   3/16  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/16	519	Ūưĥ	Mechanically operating switches
H01H   3/16  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/16	94	ĥưϩ	Circuits for switching operation
H01H   3/16  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/16	62	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/18  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   3/18	41	αưˤռŪˤΡ㡥ؼưŪ˾ä֤ΤΤ	the movement in one direction being intentionally by hand, e.g. for setting automatically cancelled trafficators
H01H   3/18  A	3	0	5G025	H01H   3/18	283	ưѼưؼĴ	Self-resetting turning signal switches for automotive applications
H01H   3/18  B	3	1	5G025	H01H   3/18	115	ä˥Сݴ˴ưĤ	With ring and clicking unit at base of level in particular
H01H   3/18  C	3	0	5G025	H01H   3/18	61	ؼѼưؼĴ	Self-resetting turning signal switches for motor cycles
H01H   3/18  Z	3	0	5G025	H01H   3/18	14	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/20  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/20	6	ưǽޤͭˤʤˡ㤨вΤޤϷΤưޤ°ʪưɬפȤ	wherein an auxiliary movement thereof, or of an attachment thereto, is necessary before the main movement is possible or effective, e.g. for unlatching, for coupling
H01H   3/20  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/20	157	СĥΥĥ	Locking devices for lever operated switches
H01H   3/20  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/20	43	žĤޤߥĥΥĥ	Locking devices for rotary knob switches
H01H   3/20  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/20	129	ܥ󥹥ĥΥĥ	Locking devices for pushbutton switches
H01H   3/20  D	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/20	41	饤ɥĥΥĥ	Locking devices for slide switches
H01H   3/20  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/20	76	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/22  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/22	44	ư륹åư	Power arrangements internal to the switch for operating the driving mechanism
H01H   3/24  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/24	12	̶ޤϱհưΤѤ	using pneumatic or hydraulic actuator
H01H   3/24  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/24	69	̶Ѥ	Using compressed air
H01H   3/24  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/24	90	հưΤѤ	Using liquid pressure actuators
H01H   3/24  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/24	17	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/26  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/26	223	ưѤΡʥץ󥰥⡼Σȣȣ	using dynamo-electric motor (for storing energy in a spring motor H01H 3/30)
H01H   3/28  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/28	17	żФѤΡʥץ󥰥⡼Σȣȣ졼Σȣȣ	using electromagnet (for storing energy in a spring motor H01H 3/30; for operating relays H01H 45/00)
H01H   3/28  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/28	163	ľưΤ	Linear motion type
H01H   3/28  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/28	40	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating motion type
H01H   3/28  D	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/28	38	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge type
H01H   3/28  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/28	74	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/30  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/30	13	ץ󥰥⡼Ѥ	using spring motor
H01H   3/30  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/30	43	ޤФ͡ФͤѤ	Using clockwork springs or torsion springs
H01H   3/30  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/30	39	ĥȤѤ	Using latches
H01H   3/30  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/30	68	ݥȥѤ	Using motors and cams
H01H   3/30  D	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/30	16	ݥȥ󥯤Ѥ	Using motors and cranks
H01H   3/30  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/30	45	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/32  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/32	228	ưʤФƶưϤΡ®ư֣ȣȣͽٱΣȣȣ	Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts (snap-action arrangements H01H 5/00; introducing a predetermined time delay H01H 7/00)
H01H   3/34  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/34	34	åȤѤ	using ratchet
H01H   3/36  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/36	73	٥ȡ󡤥ɤѤ	using belt, chain, or cord
H01H   3/38  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/38	137	ץ󥰤ޤ¾βܼѤ	using spring or other flexible shaft coupling
H01H   3/40  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/40	5	໤ޤϲžưʥå֤Ѥ	using friction, toothed, or screw-and-nut gearing
H01H   3/40  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/40	31	žưʥĥȤѤ	Using rotary motion nuts
H01H   3/40  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/40	29	ĥȥԥ˥Ѥ	Using racks and pinions
H01H   3/40  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/40	121	֤Ѥ	Using gears
H01H   3/40  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/40	11	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/42  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/42	12	ޤпѤ	using cam or eccentric
H01H   3/42  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/42	186	ľϥ󥯤𤷤Ĥ	Driving contacts either directly with cam or via linkage
H01H   3/42  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/42	51	¥Ѥ	Using groove cams
H01H   3/42  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/42	128	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/44  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/44	23	ͥбưѤ	using Geneva movement
H01H   3/46  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/46	35	åɤޤϥСϢѤΡ㡥ȥå	using rod or lever linkage, e.g. toggle
H01H   3/46  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/46	74	ʣΥĥư	Driving multiple switches
H01H   3/46  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/46	180	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/48  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/48	14	ư֤Ѥ	using lost-motion device
H01H   3/50  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/50	173	ؼޤϰָʤĤΡ㡥ܡȥץ󥰤ˤؼ	with indexing or locating means, e.g. indexing by ball and spring
H01H   3/52  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/52	8	֤ߤμ¤ˤʤĤ	with means to ensure stopping at intermediate operative positions
H01H   3/52  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/52	87	ž߼	Intermediary stopping means for revolving mechanisms
H01H   3/52  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/52	41	ư߼	Intermediary stopping means for tilting mechanisms
H01H   3/52  C	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/52	67	ľư߼	Intermediary stopping means for linear motion mechanisms
H01H   3/52  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   3/52	45	¾Τ	Others
H01H   3/54  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/54	78	ʬưޤ礪Υæ뤿ε	Mechanisms for coupling or uncoupling operating parts, driving mechanisms, or contacts
H01H   3/56  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/56	14	żŪåѤ	using electromagnetic clutch
H01H   3/58  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   3/58	53	໤ޤ¾εŪåѤ	using friction, toothed, or other mechanical clutch
H01H   3/60  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/60	8	ưޤϾ׷ɻߤޤ뵡Ū	Mechanical arrangements for preventing or damping vibration or shock
H01H   3/60  A	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/60	114	ήΤˤ˾סɿ	Cushioning or preventing vibration with liquids
H01H   3/60  B	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/60	84	Фͤˤ˾סɿ	Cushioning or preventing vibration with springs
H01H   3/60  C	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/60	72	ࡤˤ˾סɿ	Cushioning or preventing vibration with rubbers or magnets
H01H   3/60  Z	1	0	5G025	H01H   3/60	63	¾ΤΡʿդޤ	Others (including equilibrium)
H01H   3/62  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   3/62	43	åȹ¤Ϣ̤֡ܿ餫ˤΣȣȣ	Lubricating means structurally associated with the switch (for lubricating contact-making surfaces H01H 1/60)
H01H   5/00  \	0	0	5G025	H01H   5/00	22	®ư֡ʤγޤĹϤǽѤ줽줫ư뤫ޤϽ뤿Ф	Snap-action arrangements, i.e. in which during a single opening operation or a single closing operation energy is first stored and then released to produce or assist the contact movement
H01H   5/02  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   5/02	57	ʤε۰ޤȿȯѤˤϤѤ	Energy stored by the attraction or repulsion of magnetic parts
H01H   5/04  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   5/04	55	ѷˤϤѤΡǮưåΥХ᥿ǻҤѷˤΣȣȣ	Energy stored by deformation of elastic members (by deformation of bimetallic element in thermally-actuated switches H01H 37/54)
H01H   5/06  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   5/06	14	Хͤΰ̤ޤϿĥˤ	by compression or extension of coil springs
H01H   5/06  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   5/06	80	̥Фͤˤ	By compression coil springs
H01H   5/06  B	2	0	5G025	H01H   5/06	54	ĥФͤˤ	By tensile coil springs
H01H   5/06  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   5/06	62	¾Τ	Others
H01H   5/08  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/08	69	Хͤΰüʬˤư¾üư	one end of spring transmitting movement to the contact member when the other end is moved by the operating part
H01H   5/10  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/10	37	Хͤΰüåθޤϲưʬ˸ꤷ³¾üԥ󡤥ࡤ礤ޤ¾ηɽ̤𤷤Ƥ줾ưޤϸȶȿư	one end of spring being fixedly connected to the stationary or movable part of the switch, and the other end reacting with a movable or stationary rigid member respectively through pins, cams, toothed, or other shaped surfaces
H01H   5/12  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/12	7	Ϣ³Ūˣİʾ®ưưԤʤ	having two or more snap-action motions in succession
H01H   5/14  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   5/14	16	ͤΤͤˤ	by twisting of torsion members
H01H   5/16  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/16	1	ͤबʬѷޤʤŪݻ뤿ʤĤ	with auxiliary means for temporarily holding parts until torsion member is sufficiently strained
H01H   5/18  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   5/18	39	ĥХͤζʤˤ	by flexing of blade springs
H01H   5/20  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/20	6	ĥХͤۤư	single blade moved across dead-centre position
H01H   5/20  A	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/20	45	ĤФͤϤäȿžΡֿޡ	Reversing by applying a force at center of a leaf spring
H01H   5/20  Z	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/20	43	¾Τ	Others
H01H   5/22  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/22	2	ʤȤ⣱Ĥ®ưưӤȾʤȤ⣱Ĥ̤ӤޤưӤȤĥХ	blade spring with at least one snap-acting leg and at least one separate contact-carrying or contact-actuating leg
H01H   5/22  A	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/22	38	ĤεӤĤ	With two legs
H01H   5/22  Z	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/22	31	¾ΤΡ㡤¿εӤĤΡ	Others e.g. with multiple legs
H01H   5/24  \	4	4	5G025	H01H   5/24	68	ĤεӤĤ	having three legs
H01H   5/26  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/26	1	Ϣ³Ūˣİʾ®ưưưԤʤ	having two or more snap-action motions in succession
H01H   5/28  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   5/28	0	ȥå룲Ĥ̤ĥХͤˤ	two separate blade springs forming a toggle
H01H   5/28  A	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/28	83	ѶʾĤФͤĤ	With bent leaf springs
H01H   5/28  Z	3	0	5G025	H01H   5/28	16	¾Τ	Others
H01H   5/30  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   5/30	11	׷Фͤ׿ʤˤ	by buckling of disc springs
H01H   5/30  A	2	0	5G025	H01H   5/30	53	ƩĤ	With penetrating holes
H01H   5/30  Z	2	0	5G025	H01H   5/30	169	¾Τ	Others
H01H   7/00  \	0	0	5G025	H01H   7/00	64	γϤγޤĹȤδ֤ͽ줿ٱ֤֡ʻ¤ޤϻ¥ץॹåȣȣ	Devices for introducing a predetermined time delay between the initiation of the switching operation and the opening or closing of the contacts (time or time-programme switches H01H 43/00)
H01H   7/02  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   7/02	28	ήλ֤Ĥ	with fluid timing means
H01H   7/03  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   7/03	64	åݥåȤĤ	with dash-pots
H01H   7/04  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   7/04	5	Ĵ®ĤΡʤե󥬥Х	with flies, i.e. fan governors
H01H   7/06  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   7/06	184	ǮŪ֤Ĥ	with thermal timing means
H01H   7/08  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   7/08	48	Ū®Ĵ֤ˤ¤Ĥ	with timing by mechanical speed-control devices
H01H   7/10  \	2	2	5G025	H01H   7/10	1	ץȤˤ	by escapement
H01H   7/12  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   7/12	14	Ū	mechanical
H01H   7/14  \	3	3	5G025	H01H   7/14	20	żŪ	electromagnetic
H01H   7/16  \	1	1	5G025	H01H   7/16	11	ήȤͽ줿ǥåμ¤ˤ֡ʲϩ֣ȣȣ	Devices for ensuring operation of the switch at a predetermined point in the ac cycle (circuit arrangements H01H 9/56)
H01H   9/00  \	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00	22	롼ףȣȣȣȣ˴ޤޤʤ֤κ	Details of switching devices, not covered by groups H01H 1/00-H01H 7/00
H01H   9/00  A	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00	425	ŵ³	Electric connections
H01H   9/00  B	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00	69	ⰵ	For high-voltage
H01H   9/00  C	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00	70	ѿ̡Ѿ׷	Seismic or shock resistance
H01H   9/00  D	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00	212		Testing or detecting
H01H   9/00  Z	0	0	5G052	H01H   9/00    ;H01H  89/00	289	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/02  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	50	桤󥰤ޤϥСʣΥåޤϣĤΥå¾ŵŪʪŬѤΣȣ£	Bases, casings, or covers (accommodating more than one switch or a switch and another electrical component H02B 1/26)
H01H   9/02  A	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	649	ݥ١ݥη¤	Profiles or structures of cases or bases
H01H   9/02  B	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	1086	üФ	Terminal sections or wire lead out parts
H01H   9/02  C	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	511	ݥΩ	Assembling cases
H01H   9/02  D	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	338	ʣĥϢ	Connecting multiple switches
H01H   9/02  E	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	488	С	Covers
H01H   9/02  F	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	194	ĴǼȢ	Boxes for accommodating switches
H01H   9/02  G	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	262	եĥץݥ	Flush plates
H01H   9/02  H	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	289	ѥͥ볫ؤμ	Mounting at panel openings
H01H   9/02  J	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	249	ͥѤľܼդ	Direct mounting using screws
H01H   9/02  K	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	493	ͥʳľܼդ	Direct mounting with members other than screws
H01H   9/02  L	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	832	¾ؤθꡤ	Fixing or mounting to other members
H01H   9/02  M	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	366	ͥѤ	Using screws
H01H   9/02  N	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/02	434	ĥμ	Mounting buried switches
H01H   9/02  Z	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/02	464	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/04  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/04	40	ɿСɤޤġũɿ塤ޤɲФȢ	Dustproof, splashproof, drip-proof, waterproof, or flameproof casings
H01H   9/04  A	2	0	5G052	H01H   9/04	308	ɿ	Dustproof
H01H   9/04  B	2	0	5G052	H01H   9/04	771	ɤޤġũɿ	Splashproof, drip-proof or waterproof
H01H   9/04  C	2	1	5G052	H01H   9/04	344	Фθӽ	Considerations for rainwater, eliminating migrated water
H01H   9/04  D	2	1	5G052	H01H   9/04	359		Controls
H01H   9/04  E	2	1	5G052	H01H   9/04	259	üݥɰФ	Terminal sections or wire lead out sections
H01H   9/04  F	2	1	5G052	H01H   9/04	139		Contacts
H01H   9/04  G	2	0	5G052	H01H   9/04	326	ݥФθ	Explosion-proofing, considerations for arcing
H01H   9/04  Z	2	0	5G052	H01H   9/04	128	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/06  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/06	174	åκưʳŪ˶ϥɥˤ깽줿åΥ󥰡㡥ݽΥϥɥˤ	Casing of switch constituted by a handle serving a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. by the handle of a vacuum cleaner
H01H   9/08  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/08	78	åθ򴹤ưפˤ֡㡥ȥåϥ	Arrangements to facilitate replacement of switch, e.g. cartridge housing
H01H   9/10  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/10	107	ҥ塼ȹŬΡʥåӥҥ塼̤λٻξޤ夹Σȣ£	Adaptation for built-in fuses (mounting switch and fuse separately on, or in, common support H02B 1/18)
H01H   9/12  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/12	342	̾ƳŪ³ʤåʤϤ	Means for earthing parts of switch not normally conductively connected to the contacts
H01H   9/14  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/14	41	ŴַȤ߹ߤŬ礹	Adaptation for built-in safety spark gaps
H01H   9/16  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/16	40	ľ֤ɽ㡥ȥɤޤϡȥա	Indicators for switching condition, e.g. "on" or "off"
H01H   9/16  A	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/16	1777	ȯɽ	Indicating by emitting light
H01H   9/16  B	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/16	286	ϩ	Circuits
H01H   9/16  C	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/16	680	ȿ͡޵ڤӸƳϰư׸ΤѤ	Using reflection or diffraction of light, light guides or moving shades
H01H   9/16  D	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/16	246	Ūưʬˤɽ	Indicating by relatively moving parts
H01H   9/16  E	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/16	207	ڴ֤ɽ	Indicating switched statuses
H01H   9/16  F	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/16	55	ؿˤˤ	By pointers
H01H   9/16  G	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/16	426	аʳɽ	Indicating other than by vision
H01H   9/16  Z	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/16	184	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/18  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/18	35	åμ̥ޡ㡥Žǥåνߤ򼨤ΤΡ̥ޡƤ뤿ΥåŬ	Distinguishing marks on switches, e.g. for indicating switch location in the dark; Adaptation of switches to receive distinguishing marks
H01H   9/18  A	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/18	735	ɽ	Indicating positions
H01H   9/18  B	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/18	918	̤Τɽ	Indicators for identification
H01H   9/18  Z	1	0	5G052	H01H   9/18	200	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/20  \	1	1	5G052	H01H   9/20	731	ߺޤϳݻߤᵡ	Interlocking, locking, or latching mechanisms
H01H   9/22  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/22	570	ȢޤݸåȤδ֤ߺ뤿Τ	for interlocking between casing, cover, or protective shutter and mechanism for operating contacts
H01H   9/24  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/24	64	Σʾʬߺ뤿Τ	for interlocking two or more parts of the mechanism for operating contacts
H01H   9/26  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/26	473	ʾΥåߺ뤿ΤΡʼ곰ǽˤΣȣȣ	for interlocking two or more switches (by a detachable member H01H 9/28)
H01H   9/28  \	2	2	5G052	H01H   9/28	158	ޤƱμ곰ǽˤꥹåʬ򺿾뤿ΤΡʥ륹åȣȣĤब礷֤Τ곰ˤäƺΣȣҡ	for locking switch parts by a key or equivalent removable member (switches operated by a key H01H 27/00; locking by removable part of two-part coupling device H01R)
H01H   9/30  \	1	1	5G027	H01H   9/30	297	ʬ֤ξø̤ޤϥȯɻ	Means for extinguishing or preventing arc between current-carrying parts
H01H   9/32  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/32	100	֤ˤϤߤ	Insulating body insertable between contacts
H01H   9/34  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/34	535	¤ʬ뤿Żʡ㡥Хץ졼	Stationary parts for restricting or subdividing the arc, e.g. barrier plate
H01H   9/36  \	3	3	5G027	H01H   9/36	609	°	Metal parts
H01H   9/38  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/38	234	ܤʥ󥰥ۡѤΣȣȣ	Auxiliary contacts on to which the arc is transferred from the main contacts (using arcing-horns H01H 9/46)
H01H   9/40  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/40	46	̤ήޤϥ˱褦Ű̹߲ʬ䤹뤿¿Ťμ	Multiple main contacts for the purpose of dividing the current through, or potential drop along, the arc
H01H   9/42  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/42	171	ԡ󥹤³줿	Impedances connected with contacts
H01H   9/44  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/44	18	᤭äѤ	using blow-out magnet
H01H   9/44  A	2	0	5G027	H01H   9/44	383	ʵ׼ФѤ	Using permanent magnets
H01H   9/44  Z	2	0	5G027	H01H   9/44	271	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/46  \	2	2	5G027	H01H   9/46	190	󥰥ۡѤΡʼäѤΣȣȣ	using arcing horns (using blow-out magnet H01H 9/44)
H01H   9/48  \	1	1	5G027	H01H   9/48	27	ήήʤʬФɻ֡㡥ʥ󥰤Ѥ	Means for preventing discharge to non-current-carrying parts, e.g. using corona ring
H01H   9/50  \	1	1	5G027	H01H   9/50	64	Ť¸ߤ򸡽Ф	Means for detecting the presence of an arc or discharge
H01H   9/52  \	1	1	5G027	H01H   9/52	60	åʬѡѣȣȣ	Cooling of switch parts (cooling of contacts H01H 1/62)
H01H   9/54  \	1	1	5G034	H01H   9/54	63	֤üʻѤŬ⤽Τ¾Τɤˤ¸ߤʤϩ	Circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular application of the switching device and for which no provision exists elsewhere
H01H   9/54  A	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	795	ݸϩ	Circuits for protecting contacts
H01H   9/54  B	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	1304	ءϩ	Switching or selecting circuits
H01H   9/54  C	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	1001	ϩ	Testing or inspecting circuits
H01H   9/54  D	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	184	䥿ɻ߲ϩ	Circuits for preventing chattering
H01H   9/54  E	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	183	ήǲϩ	Current limiting shutoff circuits
H01H   9/54  F	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	238	١ͶƳ٤γĲϩ	Switching circuits for capacitance or inductive loads
H01H   9/54  G	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	789	Ĵϩ	Circuits for operating switches
H01H   9/54  H	1	1	5G034	H01H   9/54	293	ϩ	Closing circuits
H01H   9/54  J	1	1	5G034	H01H   9/54	523	ȥĥײϩ	Tripping circuits
H01H   9/54  Z	1	0	5G034	H01H   9/54	542	¾Τ	Others
H01H   9/56  \	2	2	5G034	H01H   9/56	466	ήȤ줿ǥåμ¤ˤ	for ensuring operation of the switch at a predetermined point in the ac cycle
H01H  11/00  \	0	0	5G023	H01H  11/00	36	ŵŪå¤äŬ֤ޤˡʰۤʤФбʣͭľŪ˱ưǽʥå¤äŬ㡥ܡɤ¤äŬȣȣˡΣ	Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of electric switches (processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of micro-structural devices or systems, e.g. in combination with electrical devices, B81C)
H01H  11/00  A	0	0	5G023	H01H  11/00	181	ŵŪå¤	Manufacture of electric switches
H01H  11/00  B	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	491	եå¤	Manufacture of pushbutton switches
H01H  11/00  C	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	500	ե෿å¤	Manufacture of diaphragm switches
H01H  11/00  D	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	396	ɡݥХͷå¤	manufacture of dome spring type switches
H01H  11/00  E	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	1021	ȥåפ¤	Manufacture of key tops
H01H  11/00  F	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	59	ðƳť෿å¤	Manufacture of pressurised conductive rubber type switches
H01H  11/00  G	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	112	̵å¤	Manufacture of non-contact type switches
H01H  11/00  H	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	277	ܿҡüҤؤθ	Means for adhering contacts, probes or terminals to insulating members
H01H  11/00  J	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	85	饤ɥå¤	Manufacture of slide switches
H01H  11/00  K	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	13	ץ륹å¤	Manufacture of pull switches
H01H  11/00  L	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	110	꡼å¤	Manufacture of rotary switches
H01H  11/00  M	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	75	Сå¤	Manufacture of lever switches
H01H  11/00  N	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	41	֥顼å¤	Manufacture of tumbler switches
H01H  11/00  P	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	46	ʣ祹å¤	Manufacture of combination switches
H01H  11/00  Q	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	145	ܥå¤	Manufacture of proximity switches
H01H  11/00  R	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	257	꡼ɥå¤	Manufacture of reed switches
H01H  11/00  S	0	2	5G023	H01H  11/00	96	ܿҴַ	Means for setting contact piece gaps
H01H  11/00  T	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	32	꡼ɥå¤	Manufacture of wet reed switches
H01H  11/00  U	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	132	Ǯưå¤	Manufacture of heat actuated switches
H01H  11/00  V	0	1	5G023	H01H  11/00	103	졼¤	manufacture of relays
H01H  11/00  Z	0	0	5G023	H01H  11/00	144	¾Τ	Others
H01H  11/02  \	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/02	77	䥹åФ	for mercury switches
H01H  11/04  \	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/04	25	˴ؤ	of switch contacts
H01H  11/04  A	1	0	5G023	H01H  11/04	240	˴ؤ	Related to contacts
H01H  11/04  B	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/04	419	¤	Manufacture of contacts
H01H  11/04  C	1	2	5G023	H01H  11/04	288	ץ쥹ùˡ	Press processing methods
H01H  11/04  D	1	2	5G023	H01H  11/04	685	Ʒˡ	Sintering methods
H01H  11/04  E	1	2	5G023	H01H  11/04	569	ˡ	Internal oxidising methods
H01H  11/04  F	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/04	408	ɽ̽ˡ	Surface treatment methods
H01H  11/04  G	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/04	170	ķ¤	Manufacture of printed wiring board type contacts
H01H  11/04  R	1	1	5G023	H01H  11/04	98	꡼Ҥ¤	Manufacturing reed pieces
H01H  11/04  Z	1	0	5G023	H01H  11/04	39	¾Τ	Others
H01H  11/06  \	2	2	5G023	H01H  11/06	10	ؤθ	Fixing of contacts to carrier
H01H  11/06  A	2	0	5G023	H01H  11/06	75	θ	Means for adhering contacts
H01H  11/06  B	2	1	5G023	H01H  11/06	249	Ū	Mechanical adhering
H01H  11/06  C	2	1	5G023	H01H  11/06	212		Resistance welding
H01H  11/06  D	2	2	5G023	H01H  11/06	79	ץ	Projection welding
H01H  11/06  E	2	2	5G023	H01H  11/06	20		Seam welding
H01H  11/06  F	2	1	5G023	H01H  11/06	121	Ϥ	Brazing or soldering
H01H  11/06  G	2	1	5G023	H01H  11/06	48	졼Żҥӡ	Laser or electron beam welding
H01H  11/06  H	2	1	5G023	H01H  11/06	34	Ķ	Ultrasonic welding
H01H  11/06  Z	2	0	5G023	H01H  11/06	16	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/00  \	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	159	Τߤ˲뤿˻ѤľŪưʤĥå㡥ܥ󥹥åʤʬǤΣȣȣ	Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch (wherein the operating part is flexible H01H 17/00)
H01H  13/00  A	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	502	ǻҤѤ	Using photoelectric elements
H01H  13/00  B	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	709	ǻҤѤ	Using capacitance elements
H01H  13/00  C	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	732	ǻҤѤ	Using pressure sensitive elements
H01H  13/00  D	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	425	ǻҤѤ	Using magnetic sensitive elements
H01H  13/00  E	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	189	żͶƳǻҤѤ	Using electromagnetic inductive elements
H01H  13/00  Z	0	0	5G206	H01H  13/00	275	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/02  \	1	1	5G206	H01H  13/02	71	Σ	Details
H01H  13/02  A	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	5515	ȸɽ	Indicating by illuminating
H01H  13/02  B	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	1456	ʤɽ	Indicating without light source
H01H  13/02  C	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	536	ݻߤ	Interlocks or latches
H01H  13/02  D	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	433		Grounding
H01H  13/02  E	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	29	ø	Extinguishing arcs
H01H  13/02  Z	1	0	5G206	H01H  13/02	215	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/04  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/04	30	С	Cases; Covers
H01H  13/04  A	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/04	1700		Cases
H01H  13/04  B	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/04	940	С	Covers
H01H  13/04  C	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/04	1357		Mounting
H01H  13/04  Z	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/04	71	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/06  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/06	32	ɿСɤޤġũɿޤɲФȢ	Dustproof, splashproof, drip-proof, waterproof, or flameproof casings
H01H  13/06  A	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/06	327	ɿ	Dustproof
H01H  13/06  B	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/06	1905	ɿ塤ɤޤġũ	Waterproof, splashproof, drip-proof
H01H  13/06  C	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/06	55	ɲС	Flameproof, explosion-proof
H01H  13/06  Z	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/06	46	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/08  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/08	456	åκưʳŪ˶ϥɥˤ깽줿åΥ	Casing of switch constituted by a handle serving a purpose other than the actuation of the switch
H01H  13/10  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/10	1072	桨ξ˼դƤ	Bases; Stationary contacts mounted thereon
H01H  13/12  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/12	669	ưʬξ˼դƤ	Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  13/14  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/14	131	ʬ㡥ܥ	Operating parts, e.g. push-button
H01H  13/14  A	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/14	2923		Operating mechanisms
H01H  13/14  B	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/14	2439	ռյ	Button mounting mechanisms
H01H  13/14  Z	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/14	2237	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/16  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/16	11	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  13/16  A	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/16	354	եåȥå	Foot switches
H01H  13/16  B	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/16	658	ޥåȥå	Mat switches
H01H  13/16  Z	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/16	149	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/18  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/18	24	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưŬΡåʪΤȤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪǤΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξΥ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  13/18  A	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/18	721	ɥå	Door switches
H01H  13/18  B	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/18	765	ߥåȥå	Limit switches
H01H  13/18  Z	4	0	5G206	H01H  13/18	386	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/20  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/20	29	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  13/20  A	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	2723	ưã	Driving transferring mechanisms
H01H  13/20  B	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	407	꡼ɥåѤ	Using reed switches
H01H  13/20  C	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	334	ФѤ	Applying magnets
H01H  13/20  D	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	424	եѤ	using diaphragms
H01H  13/20  E	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	80	Ÿ	Keying type
H01H  13/20  Z	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/20	95	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/22  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/22	76	®ưư򤹤ΡѷˤΣȣȣ	acting with snap action (depending upon deformation of elastic members H01H 13/26)
H01H  13/24  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/24	80	ͽ줿ٱ뤿μʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  13/26  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/26	140	ѷˤ®ư	Snap-action arrangements depending upon deformation of elastic members
H01H  13/28  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/28	192	Фͤΰ̤ޤϿĹѤ	using compression or extension of coil springs
H01H  13/30  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/30	276	Фͤ¾üʬˤưȤФͤΰüư	one end of spring transmitting movement to the contact member when the other end is moved by the operating part
H01H  13/32  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/32	34	Фͤΰüåθޤϲưʬ˸ꤷ³졤¾üԥ󡤥ࡤޤ¾η̤𤷤Ƥ줾ưޤϸȶȿư	one end of spring being fixedly connected to the stationary or movable part of the switch and the other end reacting with a movable or stationary rigid member respectively through pins, cams, toothed, or other shaped surfaces
H01H  13/34  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/34	2	Ϣ³Ūˣʾ®ưưĤ	having two or more snap-action motions in succession
H01H  13/36  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/36	618	ĤФͤζʤѤ	using flexing of blade springs
H01H  13/38  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/38	308	Ĥۤư	Single blade moved across dead-centre position
H01H  13/40  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/40	93	ʤȤ⣱Ĥ®ưưӤȾʤȤ⣱Ĥ̤ӤޤưӤȤĤФ	Blade spring with at least one snap-acting leg and at least one separate contactcarrying or contact-actuating leg
H01H  13/42  \	5	5	5G206	H01H  13/42	244	ĤεӤĤ	having three legs
H01H  13/44  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/44	9	Ϣ³Ūˣʾ®ưưԤʤ	having two or more snap-action motions in succession
H01H  13/46  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/46	51	ȥå룲Ĥ̤ĤФͤˤ	two separate blade springs forming a toggle
H01H  13/48  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/48	1415	׷Фͤ׿ʤѤ	using buckling of disc springs
H01H  13/50  \	1	1	5G206	H01H  13/50	120	ñĤ	having a single operating member
H01H  13/52  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/52	73	Ϥνľ˺ǽξ֤㡥٥벡ܥ󥹥å	the contact returning to its original state immediately upon removal of operating force, e.g. bell push switch
H01H  13/52  B	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/52	2134	ñ첡եĥ	Single pushbutton switches
H01H  13/52  D	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/52	326	եѤ	using diaphragms
H01H  13/52  E	2	1	5G206	H01H  13/52	1086	ʿ	Flat types
H01H  13/52  F	2	1	5G206	H01H  13/52	2119	̷	Convex types
H01H  13/52  Z	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/52	523	¾ΤΡ㡥ðƳ	Others (pressurised conductive elastomers)
H01H  13/54  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/54	14	Ϥνλֳִ֤Ǻǽξ֤㡥ʾΤΤ	the contact returning to its original state a predetermined time interval after removal of operating force, e.g. for staircase lighting
H01H  13/56  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/56	1054	Ϥä뤳Ȥˤǽξ֤	the contact returning to its original state upon the next application of operating force
H01H  13/58  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/58	13	˳ʾ˲žưʤĤ	with contact-driving member rotated step-wise in one direction
H01H  13/58  A	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/58	249	žҤ˲	Rotators rotated along pushed direction
H01H  13/58  B	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/58	181	žҤʳ˲	Rotators rotated along other direction than that pushed
H01H  13/58  Z	3	0	5G206	H01H  13/58	1	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/60  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/60	178	ȿ˸ߤưưʤĤ	with contact-driving member moved alternately in opposite directions
H01H  13/62  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/62	321	ݻߤμưǺǽξ֤Ρ裲βܥˤݻߤ򤯤Σȣȣ	the contact returning to its original state upon manual release of a latch (latch released by second push-button H01H 13/68)
H01H  13/64  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/64	776	åʾŵṲ̄ΰ֤ĤΡ㡥ʣֲܥ󥹥å	wherein the switch has more than two electrically distinguishable positions, e.g. multi-position push-button switches
H01H  13/66  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/66	423	ब֤ư	the operating member having only two positions
H01H  13/68  \	1	1	5G206	H01H  13/68	381	ĤĤΤǡƱ쥻åȤϳ¾Ĺ礹Ρñबȿü˲뤿᥹åȢΰۤʤ¦ͽФƤΣȣȣ	having two operating members, one for opening and one for closing the same set of contacts (single operating member protruding from different sides of switch casing for alternate pushing upon opposite ends H01H 15/22)
H01H  13/70  \	1	1	5G206	H01H  13/70	1847	ۤʤФбʣͭΡ㡥ܡɡΩåʣ˼դΤϣȣ¡	having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard (mounting together a plurality of independent switches H02B)
H01H  13/702  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/702	1948	¿ع¤ˤؤݻ줿ޤؤ줿ͭΡ㡥֥󥹥åΣ	with contacts carried by or formed from layers in a multilayer structure, e.g. membrane switches
H01H  13/703  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/703	762	ݻش֤ΥڡħΤΡΣ	characterised by spacers between contact carrying layers
H01H  13/704  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/704	815	ؤħΡ㡥ؤκޤϹ¤ʣȣȣͥˡΣ	characterised by the layers, e.g. by their material or structure (H01H 13/703 takes precedence);;
H01H  13/705  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/705	1061	ʤιաޤ֤ħΡ㡥ܥޤϥΣ	characterised by construction, mounting or arrangement of operating parts, e.g. push-buttons or keys
H01H  13/7057  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/7057	308	ߤ˴Ϣʤ֤ħΡ㡥ͽȤΩƤ줿ΡΣ	characterised by the arrangement of operating parts in relation to each other, e.g. pre-assembled groups of keys
H01H  13/7065  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/7065	513	ؾΥܡɤδ֤εħΡΣ	characterised by the mechanism between keys and layered keyboards
H01H  13/7073  \	5	5	5G206	H01H  13/7073	180	ФͤħΡ㡥顼ץ󥰡Σ	characterised by springs, e.g. Euler springs
H01H  13/708  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/708	156	ڤӲưƤݻ줿ΡΣ	in which all fixed and movable contacts are carried by insulating members (H01H 13/705 takes precedence);;
H01H  13/708 101 \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/708	255	ΰ̾Τ	part of insulating member is convex state
H01H  13/712  \	4	4	5G206	H01H  13/712	496	Ƥ¼ŪʿʤΡΣ	all of the insulating members being substantially flat
H01H  13/715  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/715	1136	ٻؤ˸ꤵʤϻٻؤΰʤʤФͭΡ㡥ȿžɡʣȣȣͥˡΣ	in which each contact set includes a contact which is not secured to or part of a supporting layer, e.g. a snap dome (H01H 13/705 takes precedence);;
H01H  13/718  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/718	447	ƤβưñƳĤǷΡ㡥Ǥȴ°ĤˤΡʣȣȣͥˡΣ	in which some or all of the movable contacts are formed in a single conductive plate, e.g. formed by punching sheet metal (H01H 13/705 takes precedence);;
H01H  13/72  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/72	234	Ʊ˺ư֤ο¤ʤĥå	wherein the switch has means for limiting the number of operating members that can concurrently be in the actuated position
H01H  13/74  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/74	313	Ȥ̤κưΤߤǺǽξ֤	each contact set returning to its original state only upon actuation of another of the operating members
H01H  13/76  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/76	21	ƤबۤʤȤ߹碌ФưΡ㡥ۤʤȤ߹碌ΣȤФư룱Ĥ	wherein some or all of the operating members actuate different combinations of the contact sets, e.g. ten operating members actuating different combinations of four contact sets
H01H  13/76  D	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/76	376	եѤ	Using diaphragms
H01H  13/76  Z	2	0	5G206	H01H  13/76	97	¾Τ	Others
H01H  13/78  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/78	837	ޤսħΡΣ	characterised by the contacts or the contact sites
H01H  13/785  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/785	63	κħΡ㡥ƳʬҡΣ	characterised by the material of the contacts, e.g. conductive polymers
H01H  13/79  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/79	135	ηħΡ㡥ߤե󥬡ޤϤ餻βϩ֡Σ	characterised by the form of the contacts, e.g. interspersed fingers or helical networks
H01H  13/80  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/80	32	ζưˡħΡ㡥ưΡޤķʤͭΡΣ	characterised by the manner of cooperation of the contacts, e.g. with both contacts movable or with bounceless contacts
H01H  13/803  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/803	161	å󥰵ǽħΡ㡥Ϣ³Σ	characterised by the switching function thereof, e.g. normally closed contacts or consecutive operation of contacts
H01H  13/807  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/807	130	սζŪ֤ħΡ㡥زսΣ	characterised by the spatial arrangement of the contact sites, e.g. superimposed sites
H01H  13/81  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/81	522	֤ȤŵŪ³ħΡΣ	characterised by electrical connections to external devices
H01H  13/82  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/82	292	̵֤ʤħΡΣ	characterised by contact space venting means
H01H  13/83  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/83	1885	ɽħΡ㡥վɽȯǻҤޤϸǻҡΣ	characterised by legends, e.g. Braille, liquid crystal displays, light emitting or optical elements
H01H  13/84  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/84	174	ʹֹŪʵǽħΡ㡥ܡѤΤΡеǽħΡ㡥ΥեɥХåɽȣȣˡΣ	characterised by ergonomic functions, e.g. for miniature keyboards; characterised by operational sensory functions, e.g. sound feedback (legends H01H 13/83)
H01H  13/85  \	3	3	5G206	H01H  13/85	214	ХեɥХåħΡΣ	characterised by tactile feedback features
H01H  13/86  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/86	450	ħΡ㡥̩Ͻ̾ǽʥΣ	characterised by the casing, e.g. sealed casings or casings reducible in size
H01H  13/88  \	2	2	5G206	H01H  13/88	752	ۤʤФбʣͭľŪ˱ưǽʥå¤äŬ㡥ܡɤ¤äŬΣ	Processes specially adapted for manufacture of rectilinearly movable switches having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboards
H01H  15/00  \	0	0	5G010	H01H  15/00	161	ȿ˺ưΤ˻ѤľŪưʤĥå㡥饤ɥå	Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for actuation in opposite directions, e.g. slide switch
H01H  15/02  \	1	1	5G010	H01H  15/02	23		Details
H01H  15/02  A	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	106	̾ƳŪϤʤĥʬϤ֡	Devices or shutters for grounding switch parts that are not normally connected to ground conductively
H01H  15/02  B	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	195	ľ֤ɽ	Indicating opened or closed status
H01H  15/02  C	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	47	ĥμ̥ޡݥ	Identification marks for switches
H01H  15/02  D	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	391	ߺϳݻߤᵡ	Mutual interlocking, interlocking or latching mechanisms
H01H  15/02  E	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	391	ݥС	Cases, covers
H01H  15/02  F	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	183		Mounting
H01H  15/02  G	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	74	ϩ֤ޤ	Including circuit devices
H01H  15/02  H	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	365	ɿ塢ɿС̩	Waterproof, dustproof, sealing
H01H  15/02  J	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	25	ø̡ݥȯɻ	Devices for extinguishing arcs or preventing arcing
H01H  15/02  Z	1	0	5G010	H01H  15/02	117	¾	Others
H01H  15/04  \	2	2	5G010	H01H  15/04	763	ʬξ˼դƤ	Stationary parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  15/06  \	2	2	5G010	H01H  15/06	819	ưʬξ˼դƤ	Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  15/08  \	3	3	5G010	H01H  15/08	10	Ĺ֤Ȥ֡㡥ٻåڤ괹	Contact arrangements for providing make-before-break operation, e.g. for on-load tap-changing
H01H  15/10  \	3	3	5G010	H01H  15/10	799	ʬ	Operating parts
H01H  15/12  \	4	4	5G010	H01H  15/12	1	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  15/14  \	4	4	5G010	H01H  15/14	84	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưΤŬΡåʪΤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪǤΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξΥ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  15/16  \	3	3	5G010	H01H  15/16	28	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  15/16  A	3	0	5G010	H01H  15/16	116	ФѤ	Using magnets
H01H  15/16  B	3	0	5G010	H01H  15/16	210	Ѥ	Using cams
H01H  15/16  C	3	0	5G010	H01H  15/16	652	ٵѤ	Using clicking mechanisms
H01H  15/16  Z	3	0	5G010	H01H  15/16	664	¾	Others
H01H  15/18  \	4	4	5G010	H01H  15/18	322	®ưưĺư	acting with snap action
H01H  15/20  \	4	4	5G010	H01H  15/20	6	줿ٱʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  15/22  \	1	1	5G010	H01H  15/22	76	ξüߤ˺ư뤿᥹åȢΰۤʤ¦ͽФƤñʬĤ	having a single operating part protruding from different sides of switch casing for alternate actuation from opposite ends
H01H  15/24  \	1	1	5G010	H01H  15/24	132	ߤ˲Ӱĥ뤿᥹åȢΣ¦ΤͽФƤñʬĤ	having a single operating part only protruding from one side of the switch casing for alternate pushing and pulling
H01H  17/00  \	0	0	5G038	H01H  17/00	45	ĥ뤿ΤߤŬ礹ʬ㡥ɡ󡤤ĥå	Switches having flexible operating part adapted only for pulling, e.g. cord, chain
H01H  17/02  \	1	1	5G038	H01H  17/02	2		Details
H01H  17/02  A	1	0	5G038	H01H  17/02	59	ĥι	Overall switch structures
H01H  17/02  B	1	0	5G038	H01H  17/02	19	ɽ	Indicating devices
H01H  17/02  Z	1	0	5G038	H01H  17/02	7	¾Τ	Others
H01H  17/04  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/04	0	ʬʰȣȣ	Stationary parts (guides H01H 17/14)
H01H  17/04  A	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/04	67	ݥСݡɿ塦ɼ¾°¤	Cases, covers, waterproof or humidity-proof, other accessory structures
H01H  17/04  B	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/04	32	ĥμդ¤	Switch mounting mechanisms
H01H  17/04  Z	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/04	8	¾Τ	Others
H01H  17/06  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/06	6	ưʬʰȣȣ	Movable parts (guides H01H 17/14)
H01H  17/06  A	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	58	ɳդͽղžĤͭ	With rotary plates having protruded parts for mounting pulling threads
H01H  17/06  B	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	28	פ˸Ĥͭ	With fixed contact plate on base
H01H  17/06  C	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	40	פư¤ͭ	With clicking pedestal on base
H01H  17/06  D	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/06	58	פư¤˸ͭ	With fixed contacts on clicking pedestal of base
H01H  17/06  E	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	51	žΤ¦ĥư	Operating side switches with rotating objects
H01H  17/06  F	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	57	ɳդޤȥĥȤͭ	With operating claw connected to pulling thread and ratchet
H01H  17/06  G	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	48	ɳդСݤͭ	With level connected to pulling thread
H01H  17/06  H	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	44	ɳѴƹͭ	With shell for winding pulling thread
H01H  17/06  J	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	20	ưͭ	With oscillating members
H01H  17/06  K	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	26	ľưʬȲžʬͭ	With reciprocating and rotating motion parts
H01H  17/06  L	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	23	ͤǲžĤž	Rotating rotary plates with screw shaft
H01H  17/06  M	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	24	ľưĥľưΤߤǥĥưΡ	Reciprocating motion switch (operating switches only with reciprocating motion)
H01H  17/06  N	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	30	ưľưĥ	Direct operating switches moving contacts along axial direction
H01H  17/06  P	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	33	¦ˤưľưĥ	Direct operating switches moving side contacts
H01H  17/06  Q	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	30	ϩȤδطħΤ	Characterised by relationships with circuits
H01H  17/06  R	2	1	5G038	H01H  17/06	23	ָѤΤ	For fluorescent lamps
H01H  17/06  S	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/06	35	¿ʷָѤΤ	For multi-step fluorescent lamps
H01H  17/06  Z	2	0	5G038	H01H  17/06	30	¾Τ	Others
H01H  17/08  \	3	3	5G038	H01H  17/08	7	ʬ㡥	Operating part, e.g. cord
H01H  17/08  A	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	94	ɳΤħΤ	Characterised by pulling threads per se
H01H  17/08  B	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	37	Ĥޤ߼ΤħΤ	Characterised by knobs per se
H01H  17/08  C	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	25	ɳĤޤɽ	Indicating devices for pulling threads or knobs
H01H  17/08  D	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	79	Ʀŵ塦ȯݥɼɳĤޤɽ	Pulling thread or knob indicators of miniature lamp or light emitting diode type
H01H  17/08  E	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	26	եСݼɳĤޤɽ	Pulling thread or knob indicators of optical fibre type
H01H  17/08  F	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	8	ĥϤФݸ	Protecting devices for excessive pulling forces
H01H  17/08  G	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	27	æˤĥϤФݸ	Protecting from excessive pulling forces by mounting or dismounting
H01H  17/08  H	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	16	եĥѷˤĥϤФݸ	Protecting from excessive pulling forces by deforming hooks
H01H  17/08  J	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	25	ɳĹĴᡦ̤	Adjusting pulling thread lengths
H01H  17/08  K	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	33	æˤɳĹĴ᤹	Adjusting pulling thread length by mounting or dismounting
H01H  17/08  L	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	90	ޤ֤ˤɳĹĴ᤹	Adjusting pulling thread length by folding
H01H  17/08  M	3	1	5G038	H01H  17/08	116	ߤˤɳĹĴᡦ̤	Adjusting pulling thread lengths by winding
H01H  17/08  Z	3	0	5G038	H01H  17/08	69	¾Τ	Others
H01H  17/10  \	4	4	5G038	H01H  17/10	7	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  17/12  \	4	4	5G038	H01H  17/12	4	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưΤŬΡåʪΤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪǤΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  17/12  A	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	41	ӤħΤ	Characterised by applications
H01H  17/12  B	4	1	5G038	H01H  17/12	33	ݥ󡤥ۥ	For cranes or hoists
H01H  17/12  C	4	1	5G038	H01H  17/12	47	ӡࡤĹʪ	For strand materials such as spinning or fibre, or long materials
H01H  17/12  D	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	28	ĥΤι¤ħΤ	Characterised by structures of switches per se
H01H  17/12  E	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	20	ɥĥǥĥư	Operating switches with a dog
H01H  17/12  F	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	25	ҤǥĥСݤư	Operating switch levers with a thread
H01H  17/12  G	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	18	ܥĥˤ	By proximity switches
H01H  17/12  Z	4	0	5G038	H01H  17/12	11	¾Τ	Others
H01H  17/14  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/14	100	ʬФ	Guiding means for flexible operating part
H01H  17/16  \	1	1	5G038	H01H  17/16	17	üΤߤΰĥŬñβʬĤ	having a single flexible operating part adapted for pulling at one end only
H01H  17/18  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/18	24	ٱưΤߤĥåưʬ˸夷	secured to a part of the switch driving mechanism that has only angular movement
H01H  17/20  \	3	3	5G038	H01H  17/20	15	Ϥνľ˸ξ֤	the contact returning to its original state immediately upon removal of operating force
H01H  17/22  \	3	3	5G038	H01H  17/22	35	ϤλѤǸξ֤	the contact returning to its original state upon the next application of operating force
H01H  17/24  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/24	9	٤ľưξĥåưΰ˸夷	secured to a part of the switch driving mechanism that has both angular and rectilinear motion
H01H  17/26  \	1	1	5G038	H01H  17/26	31	ĤβʬĤΡξüǤΰĥŬñʬĤ	having two flexible operating parts; having a single operating part adapted for pulling at both ends
H01H  17/28  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/28	6	ľưΤߤĥåưΰޤʬ˸夷	secured to a part or parts of the switch driving mechanism having only rectilinear motion
H01H  17/30  \	2	2	5G038	H01H  17/30	36	ٱưΤߤĥåưΰޤʬ˸夷	secured to a part or parts of the switch driving mechanism having only angular motion
H01H  19/00  \	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	13	ļžǽǤļΥåʪΤˤľܺưˤ륹åΣ	Switches operated by angular displacement of the operating part thereof acted upon directly by a solid body external to the switch, e.g. by a hand, wherein this part may be turned through an unlimited or unspecified angle (rotary current collectors, distributors, or interrupters H01R 39/00)
H01H  19/00  C	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	139	Ʊַå	Coaxially arranged switches
H01H  19/00  P	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	236	ѥ륹ȯѥåʣȣȣפͥ	Switches for generating pulses (W takes precedence.)
H01H  19/00  W	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	91	Żһѥå	Switches  for electronic clocks
H01H  19/00  Y	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	238	ܿå㡥ǻҤѤ	Non-contact switches e.g. using photoelectric elements
H01H  19/00  K	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	15	ʿ̷å	Flat switches
H01H  19/00  D	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	225	üӥå	Switches for special applications
H01H  19/00  E	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	12	ϩҥ塼¢å	Switches with built-in circuits or fuses
H01H  19/00  F	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	33	ʣưå	Double action switches
H01H  19/00  G	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	44		Grounding shields
H01H  19/00  H	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	47	°å	Accessory switches
H01H  19/00  J	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	47	꡼С̻ࡤ㡥	Items common to rotary and lever switches (cam type)
H01H  19/00  Z	0	0	5G219	H01H  19/00	156	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/02  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/02	5		Details
H01H  19/02  A	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	204	ؾ֤ɽ	Indicating switched statuses
H01H  19/02  B	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	89		Means for interlocking operating parts
H01H  19/02  C	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	216	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  19/02  F	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/02	13	Хåƥܿ	Batting contacts
H01H  19/02  D	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	6	å׷ܿ	Clip type contacting parts
H01H  19/02  E	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	59		Means for cleaning contacts
H01H  19/02  G	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	48	ٲžٲž̻	Items common to indefinite or definite rotation angle type
H01H  19/02  H	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/02	273	ɽ	Indicating in general
H01H  19/02  J	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/02	105		Interlocks in general
H01H  19/02  Z	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/02	188	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/03  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/03	815	ʬβž٤¤ʡΣ	Means for limiting the angle of rotation of the operating part
H01H  19/04  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/04	11	С	Cases; Covers
H01H  19/04  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/04	150	åμդ	Mounting switches
H01H  19/04  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/04	196	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/06  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/06	222	ɿСɤޤġũɿޤɲФȢ	Dustproof, splashproof, drip-proof, waterproof, or flameproof casings
H01H  19/08  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/08	7	桨ξ˼դ줿	Bases; Stationary contacts mounted thereon
H01H  19/08  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	138	ܿҼչ	Mounting structures of fixed probes
H01H  19/08  B	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	8	ϥήɻ߼	Means for preventing solder inflow
H01H  19/08  C	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	4	å׷ܿʣȣȣ¤ͥ	Clip type contacting parts (A or B takes precedence.)
H01H  19/08  D	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/08	132	ܿ	Probes
H01H  19/08  S	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	11	ڡ	Spacers
H01H  19/08  T	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	62	üҡͥʬ	Terminals, connector parts
H01H  19/08  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/08	239	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/10  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/10	5	ưʬξ˼դ줿	Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  19/10  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/10	135	ܿҼչ	Mounting structures of probes
H01H  19/10  C	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/10	85	ħ	Characterised by rotors
H01H  19/10  D	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/10	27	ܿ	Contact pressures
H01H  19/10  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/10	221	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/11  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/11	28	֤ǧʤͭΡΣ	with indexing means
H01H  19/12  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/12	31	Ĺ֤Ȥ֡㡥ٻåڴ	Contact arrangements for providing make-before-break operation, e.g. for on-load tap-changing
H01H  19/14  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/14	510	ʬ㡥žĤޤ	Operating parts, e.g. turn knob
H01H  19/16  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/16	6	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  19/18  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/18	13	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưΤŬΡåʪΤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪǤΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  19/18  S	4	0	5G219	H01H  19/18	73	åѥߥåȥå	Limit switches for shutters
H01H  19/18  Z	4	0	5G219	H01H  19/18	265	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/20  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/20	12	줫˺ưǤ褦ʬγѰ̤ư	Driving mechanisms allowing angular displacement of the operating part to be effective in either direction
H01H  19/20  A	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/20	246	եȤι	Axis or shaft structures
H01H  19/20  C	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/20	785	ؼޤϰָʡ㡥å	Means for limiting indications or positions e.g. clicking mechanism
H01H  19/20  M	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/20	174	Фˤư	Driving mechanisms by magnets
H01H  19/20  P	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/20	56	꡼ɥåѤ	using reed switches
H01H  19/20  Q	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/20	40	ŵѴǻҤѤ	Using magnet-electricity conversion elements
H01H  19/20  R	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/20	45	꡼˴ؤ	Related to rotary seesaws
H01H  19/20  Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/20	249	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/22  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/22	20	žȤ߹碌	incorporating lost motion
H01H  19/24  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/24	16	®ưưǺư	acting with snap action
H01H  19/26  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/26	5	줿ٱ뤿μʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  19/28  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/28	61	ΤߤͭޤϲǽǤ褦ʬγѰ̤ư	Driving mechanisms allowing angular displacement of the operating part to be effective or possible in only one direction
H01H  19/30  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/30	13	žȤ߹碌	incorporating lost motion
H01H  19/32  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/32	3	®ưưǺư	acting with snap action
H01H  19/34  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  19/34	18	ͽ줿ٱ뤿μʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  19/36  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/36	45	ʬĤ֤ĤΡ㡥ŪˣѰ̤	the operating part having only two operative positions, e.g. relatively displaced by 180&deg;
H01H  19/38  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/38	60	ڴå	Change-over switches
H01H  19/40  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/40	16	ΤߤܿϤĤ	having only axial contact pressure
H01H  19/42  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/42	17	İʾŵŪ˰ۤʤ֤褹Ρ㡥ϩΤ줫ޤξĤ뤿Τ	providing more than two electrically-different conditions, e.g. for closing either or both of two circuits
H01H  19/44  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/44	8	ΤߤܿϤĤ	having only axial contact pressure
H01H  19/46  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/46	17	ʬĤ֤ĤΡ㡥ڡǥ륿	the operating part having three operative positions, e.g. off/star/delta
H01H  19/48  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/48	8	ΤߤܿϤĤ	having only axial contact pressure
H01H  19/50  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/50	30	ʬĤ֤ĤΡ㡥ڡľ󡿣ĤΤߡ	the operating part having four operative positions, e.g. off/two-in-series/one-only/two-in-parallel
H01H  19/52  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/52	7	ΤߤܿϤĤ	having only axial contact pressure
H01H  19/54  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/54	7	ʬʤȤ⣵Ĥޤο֤Ĥ	the operating part having at least five or an unspecified number of operative positions
H01H  19/54  R	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/54	61	ȾΤߤܿϤĥꥹå	Rotary switches with contact pressures acting along radial direction only
H01H  19/54  Z	1	0	5G219	H01H  19/54	123	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/56  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/56	3	夷Ū˲ưʡ㡥ɥॹå	Angularly-movable actuating part carrying contacts, e.g. drum switch
H01H  19/56  D	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	116	ɥॹå	Drum switches
H01H  19/56  E	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/56	30		Stalk stands
H01H  19/56  G	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/56	18	ܿѥѹǤ	Changeable contact patterns
H01H  19/56  V	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	30	ܿ	Contact parts
H01H  19/56  W	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/56	40	ž	Rotor structures
H01H  19/56  X	2	1	5G219	H01H  19/56	10		Means for cleaning contacts
H01H  19/56  Y	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	40	å	Clicking
H01H  19/56  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	4	ɽ	Indicating
H01H  19/56  B	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	42		Fixed parts
H01H  19/56  C	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	16	ĵ	Switching mechanisms
H01H  19/56  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  19/56	45	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/58  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/58	7	ΤߤܿϤĤΡ㡥ǥåϡå	having only axial contact pressure, e.g. disc switch, wafer switch
H01H  19/58  D	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/58	247	ǥ륹å	Digital switches
H01H  19/58  R	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/58	113	ꥹåǥåϡå	Rotary switches; disk switches; wafer switches
H01H  19/58  S	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/58	274	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  19/58  B	3	2	5G219	H01H  19/58	16	ܰĴ	Adjusting contact pressures
H01H  19/58  C	3	2	5G219	H01H  19/58	7	üҡͥ	Terminals, connectors
H01H  19/58  T	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/58	88	ʬϡ	Fixed parts; wafers
H01H  19/58  U	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/58	135	ưʬ	Movable parts; rotors
H01H  19/58  Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/58	81	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/60  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  19/60	54	⤿ʤŪ˲ưʺư	Angularly-movable actuating part carrying no contacts
H01H  19/62  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/62	15	ȾΥˤư	Contacts actuated by radial cams
H01H  19/62  A	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	85	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  19/62  P	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/62	57	緿С	Large type, cam lever type
H01H  19/62  B	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/62	69	ñڷֿܿޡ	Single cutoff type contact parts [figure]
H01H  19/62  C	3	2	5G219	H01H  19/62	12	³Ŭ	Adapted to act as  switches
H01H  19/62  D	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/62	39	ֿܿޡ	Bridging type contact parts [figure]
H01H  19/62  E	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	33	桨ü	Bases; terminals
H01H  19/62  F	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	21	ưʬ	Movable parts
H01H  19/62  G	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/62	113	๽	Cam configurations
H01H  19/62  N	3	2	5G219	H01H  19/62	102	ʣ	Multiple cams
H01H  19/62  H	3	2	5G219	H01H  19/62	83	Ȥ߹碌ѹǤ	Changeable cam combinations
H01H  19/62  J	3	1	5G219	H01H  19/62	213	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  19/62  K	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	18	С	Cases, covers
H01H  19/62  L	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	12	ø	Extinguishing arcs
H01H  19/62  M	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	49	奨	Actuators
H01H  19/62  Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  19/62	80	¾Τ	Others
H01H  19/63  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/63	210	ΥˤưΡΣ	Contacts actuated by axial cams [2]
H01H  19/635  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  19/635	196	ʬϢ뤵줿ľưˤư㡥ԥ󤪤ӹ¤ˤΡΣ	Contacts actuated by rectilinearly-movable member linked to operating part, e.g. by pin and slot
H01H  19/64  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  19/64	134	ƱΥåȤΩϢưưŬȢꥹå㡥إå	Encased switches adapted for ganged operation when assembled in a line with identical switches, e.g. stacked switches
H01H  21/00  \	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	15	ΥåʪΤˤľܺưưǽˤ륹åʥ֥饹åޤϥååȣȣʿ̰ʳǳŪưʬͭ륹åȣȣˡΣ	Switches operated by angular displacement of the operating part thereof acted upon directly by a solid body, e.g. by a hand, wherein this part may be turned through a restricted angle only (tumbler switches H01H 23/00)
H01H  21/00  U	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	270	ưѥʥ륹åŬ	Adapted to act as  automotive signal switches
H01H  21/00  V	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	219	ܥ桼եåŬ	Adapted to act as  switches with volume
H01H  21/00  Y	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	144	ܿåŬ	Adapted to act as  non-contact switches
H01H  21/00  W	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	118	üѥå	Switches for special applications
H01H  21/00  A	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	114	åʣưå	Auxiliary switches, double action switches
H01H  21/00  Z	0	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	218	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/00 310 \	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/00	0	ü˲ưͭ¾üѰ̤	With rotating axis at one end and deforming other end
H01H  21/00 310 A	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	551	ŻҳڴŬ	Adapted to act as  electronic music instruments
H01H  21/00 310 Z	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	30	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/00 320 \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	0		Details
H01H  21/00 320 A	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	85	åμդ	Mounting switches
H01H  21/00 320 B	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	451	ɽ	Indicating or illuminating
H01H  21/00 320 C	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	127	С	Cases or covers
H01H  21/00 320 D	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	221	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  21/00 320 F	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	354	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  21/00 320 G	2	1	5G219	H01H  21/00	28	®ưưĤ	With rapid motion
H01H  21/00 320 H	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	56	Фͤΰ̤ޤϿĹˤ	Created by compressed or extended coil springs
H01H  21/00 320 J	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	64	ĤФͤζʤˤ	Created by bent leaf springs
H01H  21/00 320 R	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	97		Interlocks
H01H  21/00 320 S	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	140	ưȥåѡ	Clicking; stoppers
H01H  21/00 320 Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	57	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/00 330 \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/00	2	ԥΥʬĤ	With operating parts of piano key type
H01H  21/00 330 A	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	496	ҥĤ	With hinge parts
H01H  21/00 330 B	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	758	礹žĤ	With mating rotating shaft
H01H  21/00 330 C	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	552	ٻΤȰΤΤ	Integrated into supports
H01H  21/00 330 D	3	1	5G219	H01H  21/00	175	ȢΤȰΤΤ	Integrated into boxes
H01H  21/00 330 F	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	221	ХͺȰΤΤ	Integrated into springs
H01H  21/00 330 G	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	85	ľܤܿҤ	Directly operating probes
H01H  21/00 330 K	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	718	դμդ	Mounting buttons
H01H  21/00 330 Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	146	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/00 340 \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	0	ñĤ	With single operating parts
H01H  21/00 340 L	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	145	Ϥνľ˺ǽξ֤	Contacts that can be immediately reset to original conditions after eliminating the operating force
H01H  21/00 340 M	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	6	Ϥνλֳִ֤Ǻǽξ֤㡥ʾΤΤ	Contacts that can be reset to original conditions within a certain period of time after eliminating the operating force e.g. for lighting stairways
H01H  21/00 340 N	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	55	Ϥä뤳Ȥˤǽξ֤	Contacts that can be reset to original conditions by applying next operating force
H01H  21/00 340 P	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	69	ݻߤμưǺǽξ֤	Contacts that can be reset to original conditions by manually releasing latch
H01H  21/00 340 Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	49	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/00 350 \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	20	ĤĤΤǡƱ쥻åȤϳ¾Ĺ礹	With two operating parts while opening one contact and closing the other
H01H  21/00 360 \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/00	13	ۤʤȤȤ߹碌ʣĤ	With multiple operating parts combined with different contact sets
H01H  21/00 360 S	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	20	Ʊ˺ư֤ο¤ʤĥå	Switches with means for limiting the number of operating members that can be turned on simultaneously
H01H  21/00 360 T	2	1	5G219	H01H  21/00	18	Ȥ̤κưΤߤǺǽξ֤	Respective contact sets that can be reset to original conditions only by operating another operating member
H01H  21/00 360 Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/00	347	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/02  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/02	4		Details
H01H  21/02  A	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/02	186	ؾ֤ɽ	Indicating switches statuses
H01H  21/02  B	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/02	169		Means for interlocking controls
H01H  21/02  C	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/02	527	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  21/02  L	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/02	130	СåŬ	Adapted to act as lever switches
H01H  21/02  Z	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/02	191	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/04  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/04	35	С	Cases; Covers
H01H  21/04  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/04	124	åμդ	Mounting switches
H01H  21/04  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/04	144	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/06  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/06	140	ߺ	interlocked with operating mechanism
H01H  21/08  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/08	289	ɿСɤޤġũɿ塤ޤɲФȢ	Dustproof, splashproof, drip-proof, waterproof, or flameproof casings
H01H  21/10  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/10	23	åưʳŪΩĥϥɥˤ깽줿åȢ	Casing of switch constituted by a handle serving a purpose other than the actuation of the switch
H01H  21/12  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/12	2	桨ξ˼դ줿	Bases; Stationary contacts mounted thereon
H01H  21/12  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/12	112		Fixed contacts
H01H  21/12  B	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/12	85	ü	Terminals
H01H  21/12  C	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/12	44	ץȴ	For printed circuit boards
H01H  21/12  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/12	40	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/14  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/14	26	ܿϤä	Means for increasing contact pressure
H01H  21/16  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/16	29	ҥ塼ȹߤŬ	Adaptation for built-in fuse
H01H  21/18  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/18	6	ưʬξ˼դ	Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  21/18  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/18	103	ưʬؤμդ	Mounting contacts on movable parts
H01H  21/18  B	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/18	11	Хåƥܿ	Batting contacts
H01H  21/18  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/18	112	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/20  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/20	79	Ĺ֤Ȥ֡㡥ٻåڴ	Contact arrangements for providing make-before-break operation, e.g. for on-load tap-changing
H01H  21/22  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/22	13	ʬ㡥ϥɥ	Operating parts, e.g. handle
H01H  21/22  A	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/22	308	С	Levers
H01H  21/22  Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/22	145	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/24  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/24	22	Ϥƾﵬΰ֤褦ᤵ줿	biased to return to original position upon removal of operating force
H01H  21/24  A	4	0	5G219	H01H  21/24	102	С	Levers
H01H  21/24  Z	4	0	5G219	H01H  21/24	179	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/26  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/26	215	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  21/28  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/28	19	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưŬΡåʪΤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪŬΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  21/28  D	5	0	5G219	H01H  21/28	312	ɥå	Door switches
H01H  21/28  R	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	215	Żҥ	For microwave ovens
H01H  21/28  E	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	128	ΥСĤϢư	Interlocked to opening or closing equipment covers
H01H  21/28  L	5	0	5G219	H01H  21/28	332	ߥåȥå	Limit switches
H01H  21/28  N	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	66	դ	Mounting
H01H  21/28  P	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	259	楨ץ󥸥㡼	Actuators, plungers
H01H  21/28  Q	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	366	¤	Internal structures
H01H  21/28  M	5	0	5G219	H01H  21/28	188	ޥå	Micro switches
H01H  21/28  U	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	69	դ	Mounting
H01H  21/28  V	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	340	奨˴ؤ	Related to actuators
H01H  21/28  W	5	1	5G219	H01H  21/28	138	¤˴ؤ	Related to internal structures
H01H  21/28  A	5	0	5G219	H01H  21/28	8	ץ饰󥹥å	Plug-in switches
H01H  21/28  Z	5	0	5G219	H01H  21/28	407	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/30  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/30	84	Ϥƾﵬΰ֤褦ᤷʤ	not biased to return to original position upon removal of operating force
H01H  21/32  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/32	28	ʳοΤʬˤŬΡ㡥­ˤ	adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  21/34  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/34	160	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ǺưŬΡåʪΤбưǽ饹åưȤ̤ŪŬΡ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξ٥󥰥å	adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  21/36  \	3	3	5G219	H01H  21/36	9	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  21/36  L	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	249	СåŬ	Adapted to act as lever switches
H01H  21/36  H	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	3	إꥫ륹åŬ	Adapted to act as helical switches
H01H  21/36  M	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	41	Фˤܷư	Indirect driving mechanisms with magnets
H01H  21/36  N	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	99	˴ؤ	Related to return to central point
H01H  21/36  S	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	412	С饤ɤŬ	adapted to lever slide
H01H  21/36  Z	3	0	5G219	H01H  21/36	507	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/38  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/38	18	žȤ߹碌	incorporating lost motion
H01H  21/40  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/40	124	®ưưĤ	having snap action
H01H  21/42  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/42	114	Фͤΰ̤ޤϿĹˤ	produced by compression or extension of coil spring
H01H  21/44  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/44	44	ʤĤФͤˤ	produced by flexing blade springs
H01H  21/46  \	5	5	5G219	H01H  21/46	8	Ϣ³ƣʾ®ưưưĤ	with two or more snap-action motions in succession
H01H  21/48  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/48	27	åȵ礷	incorporating a ratchet mechanism
H01H  21/50  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/50	3	֤ǧϥåʤĤΡ㡥ܡȥХͤˤǧ֤֤ǳμ¤ߤ֤Ĥ	with indexing or latching means, e.g. indexing by ball and spring; with means to ensure stopping at intermediate operative positions
H01H  21/50  C	4	0	5G219	H01H  21/50	464	å	Clicking mechanisms
H01H  21/50  D	4	1	5G219	H01H  21/50	94	С˥åֿޡ	Clicking cams at base of levers [figure]
H01H  21/50  E	4	1	5G219	H01H  21/50	153	߼˥åֿޡ	Clicking cam at perimeter [figure]
H01H  21/50  F	4	1	5G219	H01H  21/50	55	׾Τμ˥åֿޡ	Clicking cam along axis of disks [figure]
H01H  21/50  S	4	0	5G219	H01H  21/50	169	ȥåѡ	Stopper mechanisms
H01H  21/50  Z	4	0	5G219	H01H  21/50	71	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/52  \	4	4	5G219	H01H  21/52	26	ͽ줿ٱ뤿μʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  21/54  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/54	4	ĤޤϣĤΤФͥåҤȶưϷҤĥСå㡥ʥեåʥ饤	Lever switches with blade-type contact co-operating with one or two spring-clip contacts, e.g. knife switch, sectionalisers
H01H  21/54  A	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	164	С	Cases or covers
H01H  21/54  B	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/54	40	ߺ	Mutually interlocked by operating mechanism
H01H  21/54  C	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	66	ʬüҡå	Fixed parts; terminals, clip contact
H01H  21/54  M	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/54	14	ܿϤü	Means for increasing contact pressures
H01H  21/54  N	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/54	20	ܿü	Contact terminals
H01H  21/54  D	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	126	ưʬϷ	Movable parts; blade-type contacts
H01H  21/54  E	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/54	87	ϥɥȿϷҤȤη	Combinations of handles and blade-type contacts
H01H  21/54  G	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	14	Ϥΰݻ	Retaining blade positions
H01H  21/54  H	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	15		Insulating between layers
H01H  21/54  J	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	16	ø̼	Means for extinguishing arcs
H01H  21/54  F	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	82	ҥ塼ȹߤŬ	Adapted to assemble fuses
H01H  21/54  Z	1	0	5G219	H01H  21/54	61	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/56  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/56	0	Ĥΰ֤Τߤܿ	making contact in one position only
H01H  21/56  A	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/56	50	⡼ưѡݣѴ	For starting motors; for - D switching
H01H  21/56  B	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/56	172	ϣΡݣϣƣƥʥեå	On/off knife switches
H01H  21/56  Z	2	0	5G219	H01H  21/56	82	¾Τ	Others
H01H  21/58  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/58	8	ꤷְ֤⤿ʤڴå	Change-over switches without stable intermediate position
H01H  21/60  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/60	28	ꤷְ֤ڴå	Change-over switches with stable intermediate position
H01H  21/86  \	1	1	5G219	H01H  21/86	117	ʬ夵줿׹ĥå㡥Ÿ	Switches with abutting contact carried by operating part, e.g. telegraph tapping key
H01H  21/88  \	2	2	5G219	H01H  21/88	38	ֵٻ֤߰Ĥ	with intermediate position of rest
H01H  23/00  \	0	0	5G035	H01H  23/00	16	֥顼åϥåå¨ܥưˤħΤ륹å	Tumbler or rocker switches, i.e. switches characterised by being operated by rocking an operating member in the form of a rocker button
H01H  23/00  A	0	0	5G035	H01H  23/00	151	ʾ֤Ĥ	With operating positions of four or more
H01H  23/00  M	0	0	5G035	H01H  23/00	107	¿Ϣĥ	Multiple switches
H01H  23/00  S	0	0	5G035	H01H  23/00	88	ĥȤ߹碌	Combinations with auxiliary switches
H01H  23/00  Z	0	0	5G035	H01H  23/00	70	¾Τ	Others
H01H  23/02  \	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/02	18		Details
H01H  23/02  A	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/02	660	ڴ֤ɽ	Indicating switches statuses
H01H  23/02  L	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/02	31		Interlocking means
H01H  23/02  B	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/02	255	ʡ̣ͤͥ	Interlocking means for operating parts (23/02 M takes precedence.)
H01H  23/02  M	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/02	46	ޥͥĥȤѤ	Interlocking means using magnets
H01H  23/02  C	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/02	345	ܿι	Overall structures of contacting parts
H01H  23/02  D	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/02	41	ޥĥ¡	With built-in micro switches
H01H  23/02  Z	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/02	71	¾Τ	Others
H01H  23/04  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/04	13	С	Cases; Covers
H01H  23/04  A	2	0	5G035	H01H  23/04	160	ĥμդ	Mounting switches
H01H  23/04  Z	2	0	5G035	H01H  23/04	401	¾Τ	Others
H01H  23/06  \	3	3	5G035	H01H  23/06	314	ɿСɤޤġũɿޤɲФȢ	Dustproof, splashproof, drip-proof, waterproof, or flameproof casings
H01H  23/08  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/08	124	桨ξ˼դ줿	Bases; Stationary contacts mounted thereon
H01H  23/10  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/10	11	ҥ塼ȹߤŬ	Adaptation for built-in fuse
H01H  23/12  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/12	144	ưʬξ˼դ줿	Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
H01H  23/14  \	3	3	5G035	H01H  23/14	632	֥	Tumblers
H01H  23/16  \	3	3	5G035	H01H  23/16	22	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  23/16  C	3	0	5G035	H01H  23/16	242	ؼޤϰָʡ̥ĥʡ	Means for indicating or limiting positions (clicking means)
H01H  23/16  M	3	0	5G035	H01H  23/16	94	ޥͥĥȤѤư	Driving mechanisms using magnets
H01H  23/16  Z	3	0	5G035	H01H  23/16	533	¾Τ	Others
H01H  23/18  \	4	4	5G035	H01H  23/18	12	žưȤ߹碌	incorporating lost motion
H01H  23/20  \	4	4	5G035	H01H  23/20	206	®ưưĤ	having snap action
H01H  23/22  \	4	4	5G035	H01H  23/22	171	ͽ줿ٱ뤿μʤĤ	with means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  23/24  \	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/24	19	Ĥ֤Ĥ	with two operating positions
H01H  23/24  A	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	128	෿ưĤ	With cam type driving mechanism
H01H  23/24  B	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	250	ưҤξ˻	Pivot located at the top part of the movable contact piece
H01H  23/24  C	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	567	ưҤ֤˻	Pivot located at an intermediate point of the movable contact piece
H01H  23/24  D	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	255	ưҤβ˻	Pivot located at the bottom part of the movable contact piece
H01H  23/24  E	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	240	ưҤ饤ɤ	Sliding  movable contact piece
H01H  23/24  Z	1	0	5G035	H01H  23/24	81	¾Τ	Others
H01H  23/26  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/26	42	Ĥΰ֤԰Τ	one of which positions is unstable
H01H  23/28  \	1	1	5G035	H01H  23/28	110	Ĥ֤Ĥ	with three operating positions
H01H  23/30  \	2	2	5G035	H01H  23/30	938	濴֤԰ʣĤޤϣĤü֤Ĥ	with stable centre position and one or both end positions unstable
H01H  25/00  \	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	22	ϥɥޤ¾ʬʣ籿ưĥå	Switches with compound movement of handle or other operating part
H01H  25/00  A	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	460	ĤľưʤΡ̿ʿưֿ͡ޡ	Two linear motions (motions on horizontal plane) [figure]
H01H  25/00  B	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	347	ĤľưʤΡ̿ľưֿ͡ޡ	Two linear motions (motions on vertical plane) [figure]
H01H  25/00  C	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	30	ĤľưʤΡ̥ݥ륽ưѥݥĥֿ͡ޡ	Two linear motions (key switches for moving cursors) [figure]
H01H  25/00  D	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	18	ʿǣĤγŪưʤ	Two angular motions on one plane
H01H  25/00  E	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00    ;H01H  89/00	954	ʣư򤷤ʤʣĥȹ礻㡥ܥ󥹥ĥܥݥݥĥ	Combinations of multiple switches that do not carry out complex actions [e.g., push button switches + rotary switches]
H01H  25/00  F	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	487		Details
H01H  25/00  G	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	230	ɽ	Indicating
H01H  25/00  H	0	2	5G031	H01H  25/00	113	ưɽ	Indicating operations
H01H  25/00  J	0	2	5G031	H01H  25/00	90	ɽ	Indicating locations
H01H  25/00  K	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	236	ݥС	Cases or covers
H01H  25/00  L	0	2	5G031	H01H  25/00	99	ݥСݤμդΩ	Mounting or assembling of cases or covers
H01H  25/00  M	0	2	5G031	H01H  25/00	38	ɿ	Dustproof
H01H  25/00  N	0	2	5G031	H01H  25/00	103	ɿ塦ӿ	Waterproof or draining
H01H  25/00  P	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	250	ĥμդ	Mounting switches
H01H  25/00  Q	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	39	ݥŵк	Grounding or measures for static electricity
H01H  25/00  R	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	99	ν	Treating wires
H01H  25/00  S	0	1	5G031	H01H  25/00	47	ò׷ۼ	Silencing or absorbing shocks
H01H  25/00  Z	0	0	5G031	H01H  25/00	84	¾Τ	Others
H01H  25/04  \	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	33	ʿ̰ʳǳŪưʬ㡥	Operating part movable angularly in more than one plane, e.g. joystick
H01H  25/04  A	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/04	288	¿ĥưоŪʤΡ	Multi-direction switches (symmetrical operator motions)
H01H  25/04  B	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	62	ܿĤΤΡ㡥¿ưߥĥȥĥ	One contact e.g. multi-direction motion type limit switches
H01H  25/04  C	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	408	ܿʣΤΡ㡥襤ƥĥ	Multiple contacts e.g. joy sticks
H01H  25/04  D	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04	846	üˤ	Pivots located at end of operating members
H01H  25/04  E	1	3	5G031	H01H  25/04	77	ɽ̤ܿ˱ʵ׼Фͭ	With contacts on surface of sphere or permanent magnet inside
H01H  25/04  F	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04	841	üʳˤ	Pivots located at other end excluding that of operating member
H01H  25/04  G	1	3	5G031	H01H  25/04	142	ܿ饤ɤΡֿޡ	Sliding contacts [figure]
H01H  25/04  H	1	4	5G031	H01H  25/04	162	ब¿ưȤȤ˼˲ưΡ㡥ưѥߥݳĴܿ¿ưͤȺߥݤ̼ܿưͤͭ	With operating members oscillating in multiple directions and rotating around axis e.g. contacts for adjusting automotive mirror angles (oscillating in multiple directions) and selector contact for RH or LH mirror (rotating around axis)
H01H  25/04  J	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04    ;H01H  89/00	506	¿ĥˤơĥͭΡ㡥ưѥߥݳĴѥĥ¿ĥͤȺߥݤ򥹥ĥĥͤͭ	Multiple direction switches with auxiliary switches e.g. with switch for adjusting automotive mirror angles (multiple direction switch) and selector switch for RH or LH mirror (auxiliary switch)
H01H  25/04  K	1	3	5G031	H01H  25/04	39	ܿ饤ɤΡֿޡ	Sliding contacts [figure]
H01H  25/04  L	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/04	340	¿ĥưоŪʤΡ͡㡥ưѥӥ͡ݥ󥹥ĥ	Multiple direction switches (asymmetrical operating parts motions) e.g. automotive combination switch
H01H  25/04  M	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	108	̾岼βưͤưħΤ	Characterised by motions in three directions (up and down, right and left, and turning around axis)
H01H  25/04  N	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	207	̾岼ͤưħΤΡ㡥󥫡ݥĥȥǥޡݥĥȹ礻	Characterised by motions in two directions (up and down and right and left) e.g. combination of turning light switch and dimmer switch
H01H  25/04  P	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	108	̺ͤưħΤΡ㡥󥫡ݥĥ	Characterised by motions in one direction (right and left) e.g. turning light switch
H01H  25/04  Q	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	44	̾岼ͤưħΤΡ㡥ǥޡݡѥĥ󥰥ĥ	Characterised by motions in one direction (up and down) e.g. dimmer or passing switch
H01H  25/04  R	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04	43	׹緿ܿĤ	With knock type contacts
H01H  25/04  S	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04	17	ݥݷܿĤ	With seesaw type contacts
H01H  25/04  T	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	55	बˤư	Operating members sliding along axial direction
H01H  25/04  U	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04    ;H01H  89/00	348	ĥħΤΡ㡥СüΥΥ֥ĥ	Characterised by auxiliary switches e.g. knob switch located at lever end
H01H  25/04  V	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/04    ;H01H  89/00	106	ĥΥΥ֤ϢưϢưͭ	With connecting rod interlocked to knob of auxiliary switch
H01H  25/04  W	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/04	46	ϥݥɥĥħΤ	Characterised by hazard switches
H01H  25/04  Z	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/04	13	¾Τ	Others
H01H  25/06  \	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/06	13	ŪˤľŪˤưʬľŪưѰưμ˱褦	Operating part movable both angularly and rectilinearly, the rectilinear movement being along the axis of angular movement
H01H  25/06  A	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/06	1069	ľư˱ʤΡֿޡ	Linear motions not along axial direction [figure]
H01H  25/06  B	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/06	222	ľư˱褦Ρֿޡ	Linear motions along axial direction [figure]
H01H  25/06  C	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/06	39	ܿĤΤ	One contact
H01H  25/06  D	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/06	168	ܿʣΤ	Multiple contacts
H01H  25/06  E	1	2	5G031	H01H  25/06	422	ݥݥĥĤ	With rotary witches
H01H  25/06  F	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/06	76		For clocks
H01H  25/06  G	1	1	5G031	H01H  25/06	91	ư֡ݥȥХ	For automobiles or motor cycles
H01H  25/06  Z	1	0	5G031	H01H  25/06	20	¾Τ	Others
H01H  27/00  \	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	24	æˤ륹å㡥ץ饰ޤϥץ졼ȤˤΡĤβǽ椫ñ줿Ȥ߹碌˽ˤ륹åʥץ饰å³Ȥ߹碌Σȣңťץ饰ĤΣȣң	Switches operated by a removable member, e.g. key, plug or&nbsp;plate; Switches operated by setting members according to a single predetermined combination out of several possible settings (combined with plug-and-socket connectors H01R 13/70; with current-carrying plug H01R 31/08)
H01H  27/00  A	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	138	ӤħΤ	Characterised by applications
H01H  27/00  B	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	228	ץ饰ñ˳Ĥ	Simply opening or closing by inserting a plug
H01H  27/00  C	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	145	ץ饰Ʋϩݥɤڤ괹	Switching wiring mode of circuit by inserting a plug
H01H  27/00  D	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	86	ŵΥץ饰󥻥ȡ̲ϩγĤȼΡȼʤΤޤֿ͡ޡ	Electric or instrument plugs or taps (Including those involving or not involving opening and closing of a circuit) [figure]
H01H  27/00  E	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	115	ץ饰Ϥñ˳Ĥ	Simply opening or closing by pulling out a plug
H01H  27/00  F	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	65	ץȴĤ˷	Related to printed circuit boards
H01H  27/00  G	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	182	ݥɡȡݥ	Inserting cards or tokens
H01H  27/00  H	0	1	5G039	H01H  27/00	114	եݥɡȡݥ	Inserting cards or tokens with mechanical codes
H01H  27/00  J	0	1	5G039	H01H  27/00	79	ŵեݥɡȡݥ	Inserting cards or tokens with electric, magnetic or optical codes
H01H  27/00  Z	0	0	5G039	H01H  27/00	91	¾Τ	Others
H01H  27/04  \	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/04	55	δ֤˺ޤץ饰ޤ	Insulating plug or plate inserted between normally-closed contacts
H01H  27/06  \	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	16	å뤿˥ޤǲ󤹤	Key inserted and then turned to effect operation of the switch
H01H  27/06  A	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	51	ӤħΤ	Characterised by applications
H01H  27/06  B	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	161	ưѥݥĥ	Key switches for cars
H01H  27/06  C	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	33	ѥݥĥ	Key switches for houses
H01H  27/06  D	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	103	ݥĥι¤°¤ݼ	Overall structures of key switches, accessory structures, keys per se
H01H  27/06  E	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	51	ݥĥΥݥ¤չ¤	Case or mounting structures of key switches
H01H  27/06  F	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	43	ݥĥɿ塦ɿ	Waterproof or dust-proof key switches
H01H  27/06  G	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	32	ߡĥ	Lock-stop or switch mechanisms
H01H  27/06  H	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	82	ߵ	Lock-stop mechanisms
H01H  27/06  J	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	41	ĥ	Switch mechanisms
H01H  27/06  K	1	2	5G039	H01H  27/06	58	žΤ¦ˤ륹ĥư	Operating switches with the rotating part on the side surface
H01H  27/06  L	1	2	5G039	H01H  27/06	46	ͤΥĥư	Switches located at the pushing stroke end that are activated by the pressing part
H01H  27/06  M	1	2	5G039	H01H  27/06	76	դ˴ľͭ	With annular fixed selector contacts at the stroke end
H01H  27/06  N	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	55	ٵݻᤷ	Mechanisms for restricting, retaining or returning angles
H01H  27/06  P	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	68	󥿡ݥĥ̾Ⱦ¾	Interlock mechanisms (lock to lock, lock to other member)
H01H  27/06  Q	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	38	ȯ	Mechanical code generators
H01H  27/06  R	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/06	24	ߵȤΩȯͭ	With code generators independent from lock-stop mechanisms
H01H  27/06  S	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	60	ŵȯݥĥ	Electric, magnetic or optical code generating key witches
H01H  27/06  Z	1	0	5G039	H01H  27/06	16	¾Τ	Others
H01H  27/08  \	2	2	5G039	H01H  27/08	60	ξ祭ϥåǽΰ֤ޤǽ뤳ȤǤʤ	wherein the key cannot be removed until the switch is returned to its original position
H01H  27/10  \	1	1	5G039	H01H  27/10	8	Ĥβǽ椫ñ줿Ȥ߹碌˽ˤ륹å	Switch operated by setting members according to a single predetermined combination out of several possible settings
H01H  29/00  \	0	0	5G040	H01H  29/00	105	ʤȤ⣱ĤαĥåʸǼޤϿҤΣȣȣ	Switches having at least one liquid contact (solid contacts wetted or soaked with mercury H01H 1/08)
H01H  29/02  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/02	3		Details
H01H  29/02  A	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	34	ľĥ	Vertically inserted switches
H01H  29/02  B	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/02	57	ľĥβưҤħΤ	Characterised by moving contact pieces of vertically inserted switches
H01H  29/02  C	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	18	ʿĥ	Horizontally inserted switches
H01H  29/02  D	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	26	ήϩǤ	Shutting off flow paths
H01H  29/02  E	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	57	ƳżήΤѤ	Using conductive magnetic fluids
H01H  29/02  F	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	38	հ̤򸡽Ф	Detecting liquid levels
H01H  29/02  Z	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/02	54	¾ηΥḥ̂ȣȣȣȣͥ	Other types of switches (H 01 H 29/16 to H 01 H 29/32 take precedence.)
H01H  29/04  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/04	99	Τƴ	Contacts; Containers for liquid contacts
H01H  29/06  \	3	3	5G040	H01H  29/06	113	κħȤ	Liquid contacts characterised by the material thereof
H01H  29/08  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/08	2	줿ٱ뤿μ	Means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  29/10  \	3	3	5G040	H01H  29/10	66	ܿΤή¤	by constricting the flow of the contact liquid
H01H  29/12  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/12	2	ʳοΤʬˤưŬ㡥­ˤ	Operating mechanisms adapted for operation by a part of the human body other than the hand, e.g. by foot
H01H  29/14  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/14	6	ʪΤϩθ¤줿֤ޤͽ֤ǺưΤŬåʪΤбưǽ饹åκưȤ̤ŪŬ㡥ɥåߥåȥåߵξ٥󥰥å	Operating mechanisms adapted for actuation at a limit or other predetermined position in the path of a body, the relative movement of switch and body being primarily for a purpose other than the actuation of the switch, e.g. door switch, limit switch, floor-levelling switch of a lift
H01H  29/16  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/16	69	ŻߤܿΤ˸򿻤Ȥˤ	operated by dipping solid contact into stationary contact liquid
H01H  29/18  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/18	183	ŵŪܿԤʤץ󥸥Ѱ̤ܿΤα̥٥ˤ	with level of surface of contact liquid displaced by non-electrical contact-making plunger
H01H  29/20  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/20	23	ܿΤΤƴ򷹤뤳Ȥˤ	operated by tilting contact-liquid container
H01H  29/22  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/22	6	ܿΥ֤ΤȸΤȤδ֤ǹԤʤ	wherein contact is made and broken between liquid and solid
H01H  29/22  A	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	82	ưĥ	Horizontally tilting switches
H01H  29/22  B	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	23	ķưĥ	Vertically tilting switches
H01H  29/22  C	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	45	ƴ郎Ѷ϶ޤƤ	Having curved or bent containers
H01H  29/22  D	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	37	岼ϣžݤ	Switches that can be turned upside down or by 90 degrees
H01H  29/22  E	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	24	ưĥ	Switch that can be tilted in any direction
H01H  29/22  Z	2	0	5G040	H01H  29/22	14	¾Τ	Others
H01H  29/24  \	2	2	5G040	H01H  29/24	66	ܿΥ֤ΤȱΤȤδ֤ǹԤʤ	wherein contact is made and broken between liquid and liquid
H01H  29/26  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/26	84	ܿΤα̤ϤκѤˤѰ̤	with level of surface of contact liquid displaced by centrifugal action
H01H  29/28  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/28	42	ܿΤα̤ΰϤˤѰ̤	with level of surface of contact liquid displaced by fluid pressure
H01H  29/30  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/30	0	ܿΤα̤ĥޤϾȯˤѰ̤	with level of surface of contact liquid displaced by expansion or evaporation thereof
H01H  29/30  A	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/30	104	Τ𤷤Ƴ̤	Turning on contact via liquids
H01H  29/30  B	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/30	55	ٷ׷Τ	Of thermometer types
H01H  29/30  C	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/30	25	ĥΤư	Expanding liquids pushing switch members
H01H  29/30  D	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/30	39	Ѥ	Using evaporation
H01H  29/30  E	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/30	71	ĥˤΤѰ̤	Displacing liquids by expanding gases
H01H  29/30  Z	1	0	5G040	H01H  29/30	51	¾Τ	Others
H01H  29/32  \	1	1	5G040	H01H  29/32	4	ΤʮͤˤܿΡ㡥ʮͤˤܿϥå	with contact made by a liquid jet, e.g. earthing switch with contact made by jet of water
H01H  31/00  \	0	0	5G024	H01H  31/00	166	ø̤ޤȯɻ߼ʤʤŰѵǥåʾø̤ޤȯɻ߼ʤĹŰޤήåȤηȣȣˡΣ	Air-break switches for high tension without arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means (in combination with high tension or heavy-current switches with arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means H01H 33/00) [3]
H01H  31/02  \	1	1	5G024	H01H  31/02	3		Details
H01H  31/02  A	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	616	ܿҡü	Contact shoes or terminals
H01H  31/02  B	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	22	ѿ¤	Vibration-proof structures
H01H  31/02  C	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	156	ɽݰɽ	Open or close indications, security indications
H01H  31/02  D	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	85	եĥ	Hooking rods
H01H  31/02  E	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	497		Operating mechanisms
H01H  31/02  Z	1	0	5G024	H01H  31/02	199	¾	Others
H01H  31/04  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/04	203	ߺ	Interlocking mechanisms
H01H  31/06  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/06	70	СޤݸפؤȤδ֤ߺФ	for interlocking between casing, cover, or protective shutter and mechanism for operating contacts
H01H  31/08  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/08	29	ΣʾʬߺФ	for interlocking two or more parts of the mechanism for operating contacts
H01H  31/10  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/10	71	İʾΥå֤ߺФ	for interlocking two or more switches
H01H  31/12  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/12	77	ҥ塼ȹߤŬ	Adaptation for built-in fuse
H01H  31/14  \	1	1	5G024	H01H  31/14	126	å֤ǤϩΤˤŵŪ³ʤĤ	with bridging contact that is not electrically connected to either line contact in open position of switch
H01H  31/16  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/16	213	ŪưǽζޤܿĤ	with angularly-movable bridging contact or contact-carrying member
H01H  31/18  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/18	12	İʾΤαư𤷤ƺư	actuated through the movement of one or more insulators
H01H  31/20  \	4	4	5G024	H01H  31/20	54	ʤȤ⣱ĤΤʤδŪμư	at least one insulator being rotatable about its own geometrical axis
H01H  31/22  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/22	2	ФľŪư	wherein the contact or contacts are rectilinearly movable with respect to the carrying member
H01H  31/24  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/24	245	ľŪư붶Ĥ	with rectilinearly-movable bridging contact
H01H  31/26  \	1	1	5G024	H01H  31/26	11	å֤ǣĤϩФŵŪ³ƻĤưĤ	with movable contact that remains electrically connected to one line in open position of switch
H01H  31/28  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/28	1	Ū˲ưĤ	with angularly-movable contact
H01H  31/28  A	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/28	121	ڴ	Switching types
H01H  31/28  B	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/28	22		Hanging types
H01H  31/28  C	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/28	711	ư	Rotary types
H01H  31/28  D	2	1	5G024	H01H  31/28	309	ҥݥ	With fuses
H01H  31/28  Z	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/28	11	¾	Others
H01H  31/30  \	3	3	5G024	H01H  31/30	1	İʾΤαư𤷤ƺư	actuated-through the movement of one or more insulators
H01H  31/30  A	3	0	5G024	H01H  31/30	237	žܷ	Rotary pressure contact types
H01H  31/30  B	3	0	5G024	H01H  31/30	22	з	Tilting types
H01H  31/30  C	3	0	5G024	H01H  31/30	177	ưҷ	Driving insulator types
H01H  31/30  Z	3	0	5G024	H01H  31/30	5	¾	Others
H01H  31/32  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/32	16	ľŪưĤ	with rectilinearly-movable contact
H01H  31/32  A	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/32	173	ưʤ	Without driving mechanisms
H01H  31/32  B	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/32	142	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  31/32  C	2	1	5G024	H01H  31/32	448	󥯵	Linkage mechanisms
H01H  31/32  Z	2	0	5G024	H01H  31/32	46	¾	Others
H01H  31/34  \	1	1	5G024	H01H  31/34	7	Ͷ˷礹褦ŬưĤΡ㡥ʬΤΤ	with movable contact adapted to engage an overhead transmission line, e.g. for branching
H01H  31/36  \	2	2	5G024	H01H  31/36	60	ѥ󥿥դˤư	Contact moved by pantograph
H01H  33/00  \	0	0	5G027	H01H  33/00	9	ø̤ޤȯɻ߼ʤĹŰޤήå	High-tension or heavy-current switches with arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means
H01H  33/00  A	0	0	5G027	H01H  33/00	533	Ф˴ؤ	Related to testing or detecting
H01H  33/00  B	0	0	5G027	H01H  33/00	60	ûĥ	Shorting switches
H01H  33/00  C	0	0	5G027	H01H  33/00	90	ĶƳĥ	Superconductive switches
H01H  33/00  Z	0	0	5G027	H01H  33/00	157	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/02  \	1	1	5G027	H01H  33/02	8		Details
H01H  33/02  A	1	0	5G027	H01H  33/02	119	ݥ	Lead wire outlets
H01H  33/02  B	1	1	5G027	H01H  33/02	188		Insulators
H01H  33/02  Z	1	0	5G027	H01H  33/02	554	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/04  \	2	2	5G027	H01H  33/04	204	ήήʬ֤Ǿø̤ޤȯ̤ɻߤ	Means for extinguishing or preventing arc between current-carrying parts
H01H  33/06  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/06	72	֤˺ߤ	Insulating body insertable between contacts
H01H  33/08  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/08	546	¤ޤϺʬ뤿Żʬ㡥	Stationary parts for restricting or subdividing the arc, e.g. barrier plate
H01H  33/10  \	4	4	5G027	H01H  33/10	164	°ʬ	Metal parts
H01H  33/12  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/12	395	ܹԤʥ󥰥ۡѤΣȣȣ	Auxiliary contacts on to which the arc is transferred from the main contacts (using arcing horns H01H 33/20)
H01H  33/14  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/14	39	̤ήޤϥ˱褦Ű̹߲ʬ䤹¿μ	Multiple main contacts for the purpose of dividing the current through, or potential drop along, the arc
H01H  33/16  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/16	754	ԡ󥹤³	Impedances connected with contacts
H01H  33/18  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/18	20	᤭äѤ	using blow-out magnet
H01H  33/18  A	3	0	5G027	H01H  33/18	480	ݥݥݥ	Rotary arc types
H01H  33/18  B	3	0	5G027	H01H  33/18	58	ʡݥ	Solenoid-arc types
H01H  33/18  Z	3	0	5G027	H01H  33/18	524	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/20  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/20	220	󥰥ۡѤΡʼäѤΣȣȣ	using arcing horns (using blow-out magnet H01H 33/18)
H01H  33/22  \	3	3	5G027	H01H  33/22	76	ø̤ΤήΤ	Selection of fluids for arc-extinguishing
H01H  33/24  \	2	2	5G027	H01H  33/24	231	ήήʤʬФɻ֡㡥ʥ󥰤Ѥ	Means for preventing discharge to non-current-carrying parts, e.g. using corona ring
H01H  33/26  \	2	2	5G027	H01H  33/26	81	ޤ¾Ť¸ߤ򸡽Ф	Means for detecting the presence of an arc or other discharge
H01H  33/28  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/28	7	ư뤿Υåư	Power arrangements internal to the switch for operating the driving mechanism
H01H  33/28  A	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/28	190	ưˤ	Operating manual driving mechanisms
H01H  33/28  B	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/28	80	ưưڴħΤ	Characterised by switching between automatic and manual
H01H  33/28  Z	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/28	41	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/30  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/30	14	ήξưѤ	using fluid actuator
H01H  33/30  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/30	45	ή֤֡۴ɡ°	Layouts, structures, piping or accessories for fluid arrangements
H01H  33/30  B	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/30	6	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/30  D	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/30	29	ήΰ楨ݥ	Fluid pressure actuators
H01H  33/30  H	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/30	41		Controlling
H01H  33/30  J	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/30	29		Regulating valves
H01H  33/30  K	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/30	0	®桤	Controlling speed or operating force
H01H  33/30  M	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/30	9	ݥ̾ݻư	Controlling sequence (maintaining a status, controlling operating sequence)
H01H  33/30  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/30	11	¾	Others
H01H  33/32  \	4	4	5G028	H01H  33/32	4	̶	pneumatic
H01H  33/32  A	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/32	72	ή֤֡۴ɡ°	Layouts, structures, piping or accessories for fluid arrangements
H01H  33/32  B	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	10	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/32  C	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	14	ݥ	Accumulators, tanks
H01H  33/32  D	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	105	楨ݥ	Pneumatic actuators
H01H  33/32  E	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	51	˾	Damping
H01H  33/32  H	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/32	170		Controlling
H01H  33/32  J	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	72		Regulating valves
H01H  33/32  K	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	51	®桤	Controlling speeds or operating forces
H01H  33/32  L	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	71	®ưƱ٤	Controlling characteristics (controlling speed, synchronisation or delay)
H01H  33/32  M	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/32	39	ݥ̾ݻư	Controlling sequence (maintaining a status, controlling operating sequence)
H01H  33/32  Z	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/32	43	¾	Others
H01H  33/34  \	4	4	5G028	H01H  33/34	5	尵	hydraulic
H01H  33/34  A	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/34	99	ή֤֡۴ɡ°	Layouts, structures, piping or accessories for fluid arrangements
H01H  33/34  B	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	4	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/34  C	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	73	ݥ	Accumulators, tanks
H01H  33/34  D	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	39	հ楨ݥ	Pneumatic actuators
H01H  33/34  E	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	42	˾	Damping
H01H  33/34  H	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/34	194		Controlling
H01H  33/34  J	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	51		Regulating valves
H01H  33/34  K	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	19	®桤	Controlling speeds or operating forces
H01H  33/34  L	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	31	®ưƱ٤	Controlling characteristics (controlling speed, synchronisation or delay)
H01H  33/34  M	4	1	5G028	H01H  33/34	35	ݥ̾ݻư	Controlling sequence (maintaining a status, controlling operating sequence)
H01H  33/34  X	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/34	34	Сɽƻ	Detecting, indicating, monitoring
H01H  33/34  Z	4	0	5G028	H01H  33/34	22	¾	Others
H01H  33/36  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/36	162	ưѤ	using dynamo-electric motor
H01H  33/38  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/38	32	żФѤ	using electromagnet
H01H  33/38  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/38	586	ľưΤ	Of linear motion
H01H  33/38  D	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/38	96	ҥ󥸷Τ	Of hinged shaped
H01H  33/38  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/38	94	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/40  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/40	44	Фͥ⡼Ѥ	using spring motor
H01H  33/40  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	172	žΤФͤΰüդ	One end of energy-storing spring connected to rotating object for accumulating energy up to the dead point
H01H  33/40  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	122	žΤФͤΰüդ졤ä˥ĥȤˤ	One end of energy-storing spring connected to rotating object for accumulating energy up to the dead point by a ratchet in particular
H01H  33/40  C	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	162	žΤ˥󥯡󥯤𤷤ФͤդƤ	One end of energy-storing spring connected to rotating object via crank or linkage
H01H  33/40  D	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	189	ˤФͤ	Storing energy in springs by cams
H01H  33/40  E	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	166	󥯵ˤФͤ	Storing energy in springs by linkage mechanisms
H01H  33/40  F	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	67	󥯵ˤФͤǤ	Storing energy in springs by link mechanisms and releasing it at dead point
H01H  33/40  G	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	125	ˤФͤ	Storing energy in springs along axial direction
H01H  33/40  H	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	61	ͤˤ꼴ˤФͤ	Storing energy in springs along axial direction with threaded shaft
H01H  33/40  J	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	216	ȥФ͵ͭ	With toggle spring mechanisms
H01H  33/40  K	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	39	ȥФͥ󥯵ͭ	With toggle spring linkage mechanisms
H01H  33/40  L	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/40	94	ϥɥǥȥФ͵	Operating toggle spring mechanisms with handles
H01H  33/40  M	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	131	ޤФ͡ФͤѤ	Using clockwork coil springs or torsion springs
H01H  33/40  N	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	43	ưΤ	Double action types
H01H  33/40  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/40	86	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/42  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/42	48	ư	Driving mechanisms
H01H  33/42  A	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/42	92	ưγǡħΤ	Characterised by elements or mechanisms of driving mechanisms
H01H  33/42  B	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	146	ĥɡСݡեݥࡤܥĥñ	Rods, levers, frames or boxes as a piece part
H01H  33/42  C	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	193		Insulating rods
H01H  33/42  D	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	267	֡٥ȡࡤĥư	Transmission mechanisms such as gears, belts, cams or clutches
H01H  33/42  E	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	81		Bearings
H01H  33/42  F	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	63	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/42  G	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	164	Ϣ롤	Connecting, adhering
H01H  33/42  H	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	275	ɿ˾סʿ	Anti-vibration, damping, balancing
H01H  33/42  J	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/42	167	ǡȹ碌ˤưϰħΤ	Characterised by a whole or part of driving mechanisms combining elements or mechanisms
H01H  33/42  K	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	588	ĥɡСݤϢѤ	Using linking of rods or levers
H01H  33/42  L	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	328	¿곫ĵ̻緿	Multi-phase switches (simultaneous-action three-phase types)
H01H  33/42  M	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	125	ڤ곫ĵ	Two-point switching mechanisms
H01H  33/42  N	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	210	ۼʾΥĥγĵ	Switching mechanisms of two or more different switches
H01H  33/42  P	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	171	ܿݻ˵	Contact shoe retainers located nearby
H01H  33/42  Q	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/42	197	ĥ	Latching mechanisms
H01H  33/42  R	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/42	118	ή	Over-current isolating mechanisms
H01H  33/42  Z	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/42	139	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/44  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/44	44	ήȤ줿ǥåμ¤ˤ֡ʲϩ֣ȣȣ	Devices for ensuring operation of the switch at a predetermined point in the ac cycle (circuit arrangements H01H 33/59)
H01H  33/46  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/46	14	ߺ	Interlocking mechanisms
H01H  33/46  A	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/46	200	ϥɥΥĥ	Handle locking mechanisms
H01H  33/46  B	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/46	90	ФĴΥĥ	Locking arrangements for drawing-out type switches
H01H  33/46  C	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/46	64	ﳫĴΥ㲼Υĥ	Locking arrangements for gas insulating switched upon reductions in gas pressure
H01H  33/46  Z	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/46	68	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/48  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/48	108	ޤϥСȤδ֤ߺФ	for interlocking between casing or cover and mechanism for operating contacts
H01H  33/50  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/50	51	Σİʾʬߺ뤿Τ	for interlocking two or more parts of the mechanism for operating contacts
H01H  33/52  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/52	7	İʾΥåߺ뤿Τ	for interlocking two or more switches
H01H  33/52  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/52	120	ƱʾγĴΥ󥿡ݥĥ	Interlocking two or more similar switches
H01H  33/52  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/52	99	ۼʾγĴΥ󥿡ݥĥ	Interlocking two or more different switches
H01H  33/52  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/52	12	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/53  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/53	17	ʳ֤ΤΤΣȣ£ˡøήΤΤ¢󥯡۴ɤޤۡΤ°֡㡥֡Ͻ֡Σ	Cases (for switchgear H02B 1/26); Reservoirs, tanks, piping or valves, for arc-extinguishing fluid; Accessories therefor, e.g. safety arrangements, pressure relief devices [3]
H01H  33/53  A	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	237	ݥڤӤ°	Cases and accessories thereof
H01H  33/53  B	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	77	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/53  J	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	150	Ρ̥֥ĥ󥰡	Insulators (bushings)
H01H  33/53  K	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	30	ݥ	Shields
H01H  33/53  L	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	65	ŵȹ	Electrically incorporated equipment
H01H  33/53  U	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	365	峫Ĵ	Pole mounted switches
H01H  33/53  V	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	36	泫Ĵ	Underground switches
H01H  33/53  W	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	70	ФĴ	Drawing-out type switches
H01H  33/53  Z	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/53	94	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/55  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/55	3	¢ޤϥ󥯡ι߲֡ʥåΤФ˴ϢΣȣ£	Oil reservoirs or tanks; Lowering means therefor (associated with withdrawal mechanism for isolation of switch H02B 11/08)
H01H  33/55  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	171	󥯵ڤӤ°	Tanks or their accessories
H01H  33/55  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	42	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/55  C	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	57	Ƶۡۼ	Breathing or absorbing arrangements
H01H  33/55  D	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	68	ʬΥ֡ʮɻ֡	Oil separating layer arrangements (arrangements for preventing oil spilling)
H01H  33/55  F	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	73	̡ⰵĴ	Regulating oil levels or pressures in tanks
H01H  33/55  G	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	48	Ǯ	Heating, cooling
H01H  33/55  H	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	88	Сɽƻ	Detecting, indicating, monitoring
H01H  33/55  J	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	12		Insulating body
H01H  33/55  K	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	13	ݥ	Shields
H01H  33/55  M	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	59	ߡաΩ	Lifting, installing, assembling
H01H  33/55  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/55	40	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/56  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/56	12	¢	Gas reservoirs
H01H  33/56  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	151	󥯵ڤӤ°	Tanks or their accessories
H01H  33/56  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	112	ݥ	Seals
H01H  33/56  C	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	106	󥯤ؤΥζ롤۴ġ	Feeding, circulating or collecting gas into gas tanks
H01H  33/56  D	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/56	59	ǿդζ롤۴ġ	Feeding, circulating, and recovering shutoff spray gas
H01H  33/56  E	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	44		Dehumidifying
H01H  33/56  F	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	160	СĴ̥㲼ĥá	Detecting or regulating gas pressures (gas pressure drop lockR33/46 C)
H01H  33/56  G	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	118	Ǯ	Heating, cooling
H01H  33/56  H	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	208	Сɽƻ̥ϤϽ	Detecting, indicating, monitoring (excluding gases)
H01H  33/56  J	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	165		Insulating body
H01H  33/56  K	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	40	ݥ	Shields
H01H  33/56  L	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	45	ŵȹ	Electrically incorporated equipment
H01H  33/56  M	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	27	ߡաΩ	Lifting, installing, assembling
H01H  33/56  N	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	47	ϳĴ	Horizontally grounding switches
H01H  33/56  P	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/56	17	ڤ귿ϳĴ	Double-pole switching type ground line switches
H01H  33/56  Q	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	39	ķϳĴ	Vertically grounding switches
H01H  33/56  R	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	82	ҷĴ	Insulator type switches
H01H  33/56  S	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	81	¿곫Ĵ̻緿	Multi-phase switches (simultaneous-action three-phase types)
H01H  33/56  T	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	95	ǣɣӤȹޤ	Assembled in GIS
H01H  33/56  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/56	30	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/57  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/57	3	Τޤϥκ	Recuperation of liquid or gas
H01H  33/57  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/57	42	Τξ	Purification or recuperation of liquids
H01H  33/57  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/57	36	ξ	Purification or recuperation of gases in general
H01H  33/57  C	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/57	52	ˤ륬ξ	Purification or recuperation of gases by adsorbers
H01H  33/57  D	3	1	5G028	H01H  33/57	38	°ʴˤ륬ξ	Purification or recuperation of gases by removing metal powders
H01H  33/57  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/57	3	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/575  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/575	4	ޤѤΰϽ֡Σ	Pressure relief devices for normal or emergency use [3]
H01H  33/575  A	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/575	120	Ĵ˴ؤ	Related to oil switches
H01H  33/575  B	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/575	84	Ĵ˴ؤ	Related to gas switches
H01H  33/575  C	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/575	82	峫Ĵ˴ؤ	Related to pole mounted switches
H01H  33/575  Z	3	0	5G028	H01H  33/575	15	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/58  \	3	3	5G028	H01H  33/58	90	åΥޤò֡Σ	Silencers for suppressing noise of switch operation [3]
H01H  33/59  \	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/59	18	åüʻѤŬʤϩ֤¾°ʤΡ㡥ήȤ줿ǥåμ¤ˤ뤿Τ	Circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular application of the switch and not otherwise provided for, e.g. for ensuring operation of the switch at a predetermined point in the ac cycle
H01H  33/59  A	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	179	ľή	DC isolation
H01H  33/59  B	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	316	žήϩͭ	With translocation circuits
H01H  33/59  C	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/59	208	ʣΤǥĥľ³줿	Multiple isolating switches connected in series
H01H  33/59  D	2	2	5G028	H01H  33/59	225	ʣΤǥĥ³줿Ρ¿üҷǴޤ	Multiple isolating switches connected in parallel (including multi-terminal systems or isolators)
H01H  33/59  E	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	120	ꥹǴ	Thyristor isolators
H01H  33/59  F	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	71	ĵȤδطħͭ	Characterised by relationships with switching mechanisms
H01H  33/59  G	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	199	ä˸ήΤǤŬΡǡ	Specially adapted for isolating AC (zero point isolation)
H01H  33/59  H	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	305	ĥݥ	Inhibiting switching surges
H01H  33/59  J	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	26	ݸ	Single phase protection
H01H  33/59  K	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	306	ϩ	Operating circuits
H01H  33/59  L	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	144	ưä˴Ϣ	Particularly related to driving mechanisms
H01H  33/59  M	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	68	ĥϩ	Locking circuits
H01H  33/59  P	2	1	5G028	H01H  33/59	211	ϩ	Isolating circuits
H01H  33/59  Q	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	106	ڴ	Switching arrangements
H01H  33/59  Z	2	0	5G028	H01H  33/59	222	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/60  \	1	1	5G026	H01H  33/60	98	ø̤ޤȯɻ֤øήΤο᤭դ뤿ޤäꤹ̤֤ޤޤʤå	Switches wherein the means for extinguishing or preventing the arc do not include separate means for obtaining or increasing flow of arc-extinguishing fluid
H01H  33/64  \	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/64	37	ǤΡʿåȣȣ	wherein the break is in gas (vacuum switches H01H 33/66)
H01H  33/64  A	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/64	374	ǣɣѣģӡ̥ﳫϩ	DS for GIS (gas insulating switch brakes)
H01H  33/64  Z	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/64	678	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/65  \	3	3	5G026	H01H  33/65	33	絤εǤΡ㡥桡Σ	wherein the break is in air at atmospheric pressure, e.g. in open air [2009.01]
H01H  33/65  A	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	33		Contacts
H01H  33/65  B	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	54	ݥ	Rotaries
H01H  33/65  C	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	24		Cams
H01H  33/65  D	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	28	ҥݥ	Fuses
H01H  33/65  E	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	24		Insulation
H01H  33/65  F	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	17	ü	Special
H01H  33/65  G	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	93	ø	Arc extinguishing
H01H  33/65  H	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	171	ܿ	Contact parts
H01H  33/65  J	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	14		Materials
H01H  33/65  K	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	273		Operation
H01H  33/65  L	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	225		mounted on poles
H01H  33/65  Z	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/65	451	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/66  \	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/66	40	å	Vacuum switches
H01H  33/66  Q	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	661	աǼ	Mounting, accommodating
H01H  33/66  S	2	1	5G026	H01H  33/66	208	ü	Terminals
H01H  33/66  T	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	81	ĥסȥꥬĥ	Vacuum gap, triggering switches
H01H  33/66  V	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	400	̥ݥкޤ	Braking methods (including measures for surges)
H01H  33/66  W	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	114	ü	Special applications
H01H  33/66  X	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	80	ĵڤɽ	Indicating switching or contact wear
H01H  33/66  Z	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/66	273	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/662  \	3	3	5G026	H01H  33/662	2	ϥ󥰤ޤݸ꡼Σ	Housings or protective screens [7]
H01H  33/662  E	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/662	924	Х	Vacuum valves
H01H  33/662  F	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/662	500	¤ˡ	Processes of manufacture
H01H  33/662  G	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/662	246	٥ݥ	Bellows
H01H  33/662  H	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/662	566	ݥ	Shields
H01H  33/662  J	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/662	359	ż	Current-carrying shaft
H01H  33/662  R	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/662	891	Хֳ¾ΤʤĤ	Exterior of vacuum valve covered by other insulation medium
H01H  33/662  Z	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/662	27	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/664  \	3	3	5G026	H01H  33/664	1	ø̼ʡ㡥󥰡󥰡Σ	Contacts; Arc-extinguishing means, e.g. arcing rings [7]
H01H  33/664  A	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/664	108	ܿ	Contact parts
H01H  33/664  B	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/664	878	ħȤ	characterised by their materials
H01H  33/664  C	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/664	568	¤ħȤΡ̣Ĥͥ	characterised by their structures (D takes precedence)
H01H  33/664  D	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/664	1007	ݥμư	Magnetic drive of arc
H01H  33/664  Z	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/664	17	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/666  \	3	3	5G026	H01H  33/666	5	Ϥ֡Σ	Operating arrangements [7]
H01H  33/666  L	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/666	772	ư	Contact driving mechanism
H01H  33/666  M	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/666	357	ʣĤοХ֤ͭĤŬ	adapted for making/breaking of contacts with multiple vacuum valves
H01H  33/666  N	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/666	152	ܿŬ	adapted for increasing/decreasing contact pressure
H01H  33/666  P	3	1	5G026	H01H  33/666	442	żФѤ	using electromagnets
H01H  33/666  Z	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/666	33	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/668  \	3	3	5G026	H01H  33/668	4	뤿Ρޤϴƻ뤹뤿μʡΣ	Means for obtaining or monitoring the vacuum [7]
H01H  33/668  K	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/668	556	ٰݻ˶	contributes to maintain vacuum
H01H  33/668  Z	3	0	5G026	H01H  33/668	30	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/68  \	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/68	0	μǥå㡥Ǵ	Liquid-break switches, e.g. oil-break
H01H  33/68  A	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/68	100	Ĵ	Oil-filled switches
H01H  33/68  B	2	1	5G026	H01H  33/68	15		With fusible piece
H01H  33/68  E	2	1	5G026	H01H  33/68	5	ܿ	Contacts
H01H  33/68  F	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/68	21	Хĥȥ	Bat types
H01H  33/68  G	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/68	68	ݥĥץ	Tulip types
H01H  33/68  H	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/68	105	ӥ	Wedge types
H01H  33/68  J	2	2	5G026	H01H  33/68	10	֥饷	Brush types
H01H  33/68  M	2	1	5G026	H01H  33/68	142	ҷ	Insulator types
H01H  33/68  N	2	1	5G026	H01H  33/68	94		Pole mounted types
H01H  33/68  Z	2	0	5G026	H01H  33/68	3	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/70  \	1	1	5G001	H01H  33/70	992	øήΤο᤭դŤ뤿ᡤ뤿ޤ礵뤿̤֤ĥå	Switches with separate means for directing, obtaining, or increasing flow of arc-extinguishing fluid
H01H  33/70  A	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	367	ԡݥ󥹤	With impedance
H01H  33/70  B	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	184	żư	Solenoid driven
H01H  33/70  C	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	11	᤭դĤ	With bi-directional flows
H01H  33/70  D	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	81	᤭äʤʻѤ	Combinations with means for magnetically blowing off arcs
H01H  33/70  E	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	166	ݥݥݥ᤭äʤʻѤ	Combinations with means for blowing off rotary arcs
H01H  33/70  F	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	441	Υħͭ	Characterised by nozzles
H01H  33/70  G	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	352	᤭դŬܿҤħͭ	Characterised by contactor suitable for spraying
H01H  33/70  Z	1	0	5G001	H01H  33/70	261	¾Τ	Others
H01H  33/72  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/72	93	ø̱Το᤭դŤʬĤΡ㡥ø̼	having stationary parts for directing the flow of arc-extinguishing fluid, e.g. arc-extinguishing chamber
H01H  33/73  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/73	26	絤εǤΡ㡥	wherein the break is in air at atmospheric pressure, e.g. in open air
H01H  33/74  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/74	64	ǤΡ絤ζΤΣȣȣ	wherein the break is in gas (in air at atmospheric pressure H01H 33/73)
H01H  33/75  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/75	672	μǥå㡥Ǵ	Liquid-break switches, e.g. oil-break
H01H  33/76  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/76	170	øѥŻʬФΡΤκ	wherein arc-extinguishing gas is evolved from stationary parts; Selection of material therefor
H01H  33/77  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/77	5	絤ζǤ	wherein the break is in air at atmospheric pressure
H01H  33/78  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/78	31	ǤΡ絤ζǤΣȣȣ	wherein the break is in gas (in air at atmospheric pressure H01H 33/77)
H01H  33/80  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/80	33	ϸξøήΤο᤭դۤˤ椵	flow of arc-extinguishing fluid from a pressure source being controlled by a valve
H01H  33/82  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/82	179	ήΤޤϥΤ	the fluid being air or gas
H01H  33/825  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/825	155	ޤϥĲϩĤΡʣȣȣͥˡΣ	with closed circuit of air or gas (H01H 33/835 takes precedence) [3]
H01H  33/83  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/83	50	ޤϥο᤭դˤ곫	wherein the contacts are opened by the flow of air or gas
H01H  33/835  \	5	5	5G001	H01H  33/835	15	ޤϥĲϩĤΡΣ	with closed circuit of air or gas [3]
H01H  33/84  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/84	13	ήΤΡ㡥Ǥ	the fluid being liquid, e.g. oil
H01H  33/85  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/85	0	Το᤭դˤ곫	wherein the contacts are opened by the flow of liquid
H01H  33/86  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/86	355	꤫ΰϲξøήΤο᤭դۤˤ椵	the flow of arc-extinguishing fluid under pressure from the contact space being controlled by a valve
H01H  33/867  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/867	221	ήΤޤϥǤΡΣ	the fluid being air or gas [3]
H01H  33/873  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/873	221	ޤϥĲϩĤΡΣ	with closed circuit of air or gas [3]
H01H  33/88  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/88	483	øήΤο᤭դԥȥޤ¾ΰȯαưˤȯޤ礹	the flow of arc-extinguishing fluid being produced or increased by movement of pistons or other pressure-producing parts
H01H  33/88  A	2	0	5G001	H01H  33/88	89	۰᤭դʤͭ	With means for suction type flow
H01H  33/88  B	2	0	5G001	H01H  33/88	118	ȯʣͭ	With multiple pressure generators
H01H  33/88  C	2	0	5G001	H01H  33/88	22	ĥȯʤͭ	With catch type means for generating pressures
H01H  33/88  D	2	0	5G001	H01H  33/88	60	ܿҤŬ	Adapted for bridging contact shoes
H01H  33/88  Z	2	0	5G001	H01H  33/88	311	¾	Others
H01H  33/90  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/90	5	αưˤޤϴϢƹԤʤ	this movement being effected by, or in conjunction with, the contact-operating mechanism
H01H  33/91  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/91	1215	øήΤޤϥΤ	the arc-extinguishing fluid being air or gas
H01H  33/915  \	5	5	5G001	H01H  33/915	1310	ޤϥĲϩĤΡΣ	with closed circuit of air or gas [3]
H01H  33/92  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/92	147	øήΤΡ㡥Τ	the arc-extinguishing fluid being liquid, e.g. oil
H01H  33/94  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/94	34	αưΤޤˤϤˤäƤΤ߹Ԥʤ	this movement being effected solely due to the pressure caused by the arc itself or by an auxiliary arc
H01H  33/95  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/95	9	øήΤޤϥΤ	the arc-extinguishing fluid being air or gas
H01H  33/96  \	4	4	5G001	H01H  33/96	1	øήΤΡ㡥Τ	the arc-extinguishing fluid being liquid, e.g. oil
H01H  33/98  \	2	2	5G001	H01H  33/98	304	øήΤο᤭դ᤭դȯޤ礹뤿βưʬ⤿ʤǡޤϥΰʬˤ	the flow of arc-extinguishing fluid being initiated by an auxiliary arc or a section of the arc, without any moving parts for producing or increasing the flow
H01H  33/985  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/985	126	ήΤޤϥǤΡΣ	the fluid being air or gas [3]
H01H  33/99  \	3	3	5G001	H01H  33/99	0	ήΤΤǤΡΣ	the fluid being liquid [3]
H01H  35/00  \	0	0	5G055	H01H  35/00	63	ʪ֤Ѳˤ륹åʼޤųѲưΣȣȣǮưåȣȣ	Switches operated by change of a physical condition (operated by change of magnetic or electric field H01H 36/00; thermally-actuated switches H01H 37/00)
H01H  35/00  A	0	0	5G055	H01H  35/00	354	ťĥ̸ưĴ	Photoelectric switches (optically responding switches)
H01H  35/00  B	0	1	5G055	H01H  35/00	723	¤˴ؤ	Related to structures
H01H  35/00  C	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	698	ȿͷťĥ	Reflection type photoelectric switches
H01H  35/00  V	0	3	5G055	H01H  35/00	282	ñ	Transmitting or receiving with one light beam axis
H01H  35/00  W	0	3	5G055	H01H  35/00	29	̶Ѥ	Using convex mirrors
H01H  35/00  X	0	3	5G055	H01H  35/00	158	ȿͷ̥ĥĥ	Finger reflection types (touch switches)
H01H  35/00  D	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	884	ưǴ	Automatic flashers, for illumination
H01H  35/00  E	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	428	Ĵڤưɽ˴ؤ	Related to adjusting light beam axes or indicating motions
H01H  35/00  S	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	207	ռ	Means for mounting
H01H  35/00  F	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	319	ռݥܡݥɡ㡥Ѥեĥ	Pushbutton types or key boards e.g. pushbutton switch using light
H01H  35/00  G	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	363	Τ˴ؤ	Related to enclosures
H01H  35/00  H	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	86	ݥɤ˴ؤ	Related to shields
H01H  35/00  J	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	123		Convex insertion type
H01H  35/00  K	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	189		Light emitter
H01H  35/00  L	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	162		Light receiver
H01H  35/00  M	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	389	ѡӤħΤΡ	Applications (characterised by applications)
H01H  35/00  N	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	489	¿ΤΡ㡥ʣꡤΡ	With multiple beam axes e.g. with multiple transmitters or receivers
H01H  35/00  R	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	368	եСݤѤ	Using optical fibbers
H01H  35/00  T	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	70	ݥݷ	Rotary types
H01H  35/00  U	0	2	5G055	H01H  35/00	126	и	Opposing types
H01H  35/00  P	0	0	5G055	H01H  35/00	413	Ķȥĥ̢ǣӡ	Ultrasonic switches (RG 01 S)
H01H  35/00  Q	0	0	5G055	H01H  35/00	671	ٽŤѲˤ륹ĥ̢ȣȣ͡㡥ͤˤʤĥ	Switches operated by changes in loads (RH 01 H 13/) e.g. switches not operated by human
H01H  35/00  Z	0	0	5G055	H01H  35/00	330	¾	Others
H01H  35/02  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/02	13	϶˴ؤƥåȤΰַ뤤̤Ѳˤư륹åʿƴηȣȣ̤Ѳˤ֤Ѳȣȣ	Switches operated by change of position, inclination, or orientation of the switch itself in relation to gravitational field (tilting mercury container H01H 29/20; change of position due to change of liquid level H01H 35/18)
H01H  35/02  A	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/02	91	ͽФư۸Ѥ	Using operating levers extending toward outside
H01H  35/02  B	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/02	167	ҤѤ	Using pendulums
H01H  35/02  C	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/02	433	žưΤѤ	Using rolling spheres
H01H  35/02  D	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/02	76	ƳΤѤΡ̢͡㡥䥹ĥѡ	Using conductive liquids (R 29/30, 35/18) e.g. using mercury switches
H01H  35/02  Z	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/02	157	¾	Others
H01H  35/06  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/06	0	®٤Ѳˤư륹åήΤήѲˤΣȣȣ	Switches operated by change of speed (operated by change of fluid flow H01H 35/24)
H01H  35/06  A	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/06	80	ŵϩˤ	By electric circuits
H01H  35/06  B	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/06	19	ݤѤ	Using oscillating phenomenon
H01H  35/06  C	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/06	23	ήư򤹤	Eddy current motions
H01H  35/06  D	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/06	59	Фε۰ȿȯѤ	Using attracting or repulsion by magnets
H01H  35/06  Z	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/06	101	¾	Others
H01H  35/10  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/10	716	ϥåʱ󿴺ưˤž̤̣ȣȣ	Centrifugal switches (level of mercury displaced by centrifugal action H01H 29/26)
H01H  35/12  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/12	40	ưεžˤ	operated by reversal of direction of movement
H01H  35/14  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/14	68	®٤Ѳˤ륹å㡥׷ޤϿưå	Switches operated by change of acceleration, e.g. by shock or vibration, inertia switch
H01H  35/14  A	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	571	žưΤѤ	Using rolling spheres
H01H  35/14  B	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	281	Ҽ	Using pendulums
H01H  35/14  C	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	179	ſַ	Weight mounted types
H01H  35/14  D	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	128	ƳΡ㡥ͤѤ	Using conductive liquids e.g. mercury
H01H  35/14  E	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	143	饤ɷ饤ɷ	Horizontal or cylindrical slide types
H01H  35/14  F	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	258	ФѤ	Using magnets
H01H  35/14  Z	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/14	635	¾	Others
H01H  35/18  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	6	̤ޤϱŤѲˤ륹å㡥եȥå⤭ξߤ줿ФˤΣȣȣ	Switches operated by change of liquid level or of liquid density, e.g. float switch (by magnet carried on a float H01H 36/02)
H01H  35/18  A	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/18	342	եݥȥĥ	Float switches
H01H  35/18  B	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	232	ưžưեݥȤͭ	With tilting or rolling floats
H01H  35/18  C	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	14	ͶƳ	Guided types
H01H  35/18  D	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	27	ſʿշ	Weight balancing types
H01H  35/18  E	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/18	24	̤Ѳˤ	Operated by changes in fluid surfaces
H01H  35/18  F	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	55	ܥĥѤ	Using proximity switches
H01H  35/18  G	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	42	ǮѤ	Using heat, light, sound
H01H  35/18  H	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	48	ͭ	With liquid contacts
H01H  35/18  J	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	2	ȾƳΥĥѤ	Using semiconductor switches
H01H  35/18  K	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/18	109	հˤ	By liquid or pneumatic pressures
H01H  35/18  Z	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/18	56	¾	Others
H01H  35/24  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/24	381	ήΤΰϡήΰȤޤήΤή̤Ѳˤ륹åʤǰѲ٤ѲˤΣȣȣ	Switches operated by change of fluid pressure, by fluid pressure waves, or by change of fluid flow (wherein the change of pressure is caused by change of temperature H01H 37/36)
H01H  35/26  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/26	9		Details
H01H  35/26  A	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/26	75	ϥĥΰĴʬ	Pressure regulators for pressure switches
H01H  35/26  Z	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/26	401	¾	Others
H01H  35/28  \	3	3	5G056	H01H  35/28	96	ϤΰϤޤϲ٤ѲФ	Compensation for variation of ambient pressure or temperature
H01H  35/30  \	3	3	5G056	H01H  35/30	10	ϴʬذϤãʡ㡥ץ뤪Ӻٴɤˤ	Means for transmitting pressure to pressure-responsive operating part, e.g. by capsule and capillary tube
H01H  35/32  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/32	256	٥ˤư	actuated by bellows
H01H  35/34  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/34	13	եˤư	actuated by diaphragm
H01H  35/34  A	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	90	򸡽Ф	Detecting pressure differentials
H01H  35/34  J	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	99	鰵򸡽Ф	Detecting vacuum pressures
H01H  35/34  B	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	158	ưĴ˴ؤ	Adjusting operating pressures
H01H  35/34  C	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	128	̵ĥѤ	Using non-contact switches
H01H  35/34  D	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	128	ФԤʤΡʣϤθΡ	Detecting two points (detecting multiple pressures)
H01H  35/34  E	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	136	ե˥󥿥ȤβƤ	Contacts accommodated in diaphragm
H01H  35/34  K	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	69	ȥ뵡Τ	With toggle mechanisms
H01H  35/34  H	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/34	97	ȿžġ̻ФͤѤ	Using snap plates (dish springs)
H01H  35/34  N	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/34	46	ʥĥưեѤ	Using snap action diaphragms
H01H  35/34  Q	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	91	СݡȢե륿	Covers, boxes, filters
H01H  35/34  M	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/34	126	եݸա˴ؤ	Related to diaphragm protection, mounting or profiles
H01H  35/34  S	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/34	50	եۡ˾	Orifices, valves, damping
H01H  35/34  F	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	47	ݥѡ㡥ƻѡ	For pumps e.g. for tap water
H01H  35/34  G	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	48		Detecting air pressures
H01H  35/34  L	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	49	Ρ㡥ưѡ	Detecting oil pressures e.g. for automobiles
H01H  35/34  P	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	22	եĥ̰ã̰͡ѲѤեĥ	Pushbutton switches (pressure transfer) (pushbutton switches using changes in pressures)
H01H  35/34  R	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	31	ޥĥѤ	Using micro switches
H01H  35/34  Z	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/34	566	¾	Others
H01H  35/36  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/36	80	ɡ㡥֥ɥɡˤư	actuated by curled flexible tube, e.g. Bourdon tube
H01H  35/38  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/38	6	ԥȥ󤪤ӥˤư	actuated by piston and cylinder
H01H  35/38  A	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/38	35	ޥĥѤ	Using micro switches
H01H  35/38  B	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/38	29	ݥɥĥѤ	Using reed switches
H01H  35/38  C	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/38	83	ץ󥸥ݷ	Plunger types
H01H  35/38  D	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/38	65	ԥȥ󡦥󥿥ȷ	Piston or contact types
H01H  35/38  Z	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/38	274	¾	Others
H01H  35/40  \	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/40	3	ήΤϢ³Ūή֡㡥֡ˤư	actuated by devices allowing continual flow of fluid, e.g. vane
H01H  35/40  A	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/40	111	ήư˱ưΡĥ	Responding to air flow (wind pressure switches)
H01H  35/40  B	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/40	19	Τ	Detecting pressure differentials
H01H  35/40  C	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/40	45	ФѤ	Using magnets
H01H  35/40  D	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/40	179	Τήư̿ήήͤ˱ư	Responding to fluid flow (water or oil flow)
H01H  35/40  E	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/40	106	եĥѤѤ	Using flappers
H01H  35/40  F	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/40	36	եѤ	Using diaphragms
H01H  35/40  G	2	2	5G056	H01H  35/40	2	եƩߤ	Diaphragms with bleed holes
H01H  35/40  H	2	1	5G056	H01H  35/40	95	ۤͭ	With valves
H01H  35/40  Z	2	0	5G056	H01H  35/40	31	¾	Others
H01H  35/42  \	1	1	5G056	H01H  35/42	4	Ѳˤ륹å	Switches operated by change of humidity
H01H  35/42  A	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/42	33	ΡեѤ	Using hygroscopic objects or films
H01H  35/42  B	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/42	29	ۿΤѤ	Using absorbers
H01H  35/42  C	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/42	23	û	Shorting types
H01H  35/42  Z	1	0	5G056	H01H  35/42	110	¾	Others
H01H  36/00  \	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	92	ޤųѲˤä륹å㡥Фȥåа֤ѲˤΡפؤˤ	Switches actuated by change of magnetic field or of electric field, e.g. by change of relative position of magnet and switch, by shielding
H01H  36/00  A	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	311	ܥḥ̂Ѳ̥͡󥹡ȯȿˤѲФѡ	Proximity switches (changes in L) {using changes in inductance (oscillating frequency) detected}
H01H  36/00  B	0	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	446	¤˴ؤ	Related to structures
H01H  36/00  C	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	489	Х	Detecting coils
H01H  36/00  Q	0	3	5G046	H01H  36/00	100	ưɽ	Indicating motions
H01H  36/00  R	0	3	5G046	H01H  36/00	95	ݥ	Shields
H01H  36/00  S	0	3	5G046	H01H  36/00	115	ݥ	Moulds
H01H  36/00  T	0	3	5G046	H01H  36/00	55	Ĵ	Adjusting sensitivities
H01H  36/00  U	0	3	5G046	H01H  36/00	41	̲	Variable detecting surfaces
H01H  36/00  D	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	362	ܥḥ̂Ѳ͡ѲθФѡ	Proximity switches (changes in C) (using changes in capacitance detected)
H01H  36/00  V	0	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	285	󥵡	Sensors
H01H  36/00  X	0	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	67	ưɥ	For automatic doors
H01H  36/00  E	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	210	ĥĥܿˤΡ	Touch switches (operated by touching)
H01H  36/00  F	0	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	181	¤˴ؤ	Related to structures
H01H  36/00  G	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	192	ûû񹳤θΡ	Shorting types (detecting shorting resistance)
H01H  36/00  H	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	173	Ϸ񹳤θΡ	Shorting types (detecting grounding resistance)
H01H  36/00  J	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	1512	̷	Capacitance types
H01H  36/00  K	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	108	շ	Pushbutton types
H01H  36/00  L	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	315	ɽ˴ؤ	Related to indicating
H01H  36/00  Y	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	167	աܥĥĥ	Pushbuttons + touch switches
H01H  36/00  W	0	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	29		For clocks
H01H  36/00  M	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	855	ܥĥ̴ǻҤѤΡ	Proximity switches (using magnetic sensing elements)
H01H  36/00  N	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	161	ܥĥͶƳ	Proximity switches (inductive type)
H01H  36/00  P	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	307	ܥĥżȷķ¾ΤΡ	Proximity switches (electromagnetic, electric strain or other types)
H01H  36/00  Z	0	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	162	¾	Others
H01H  36/00 301 \	1	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	4	ФܶˤưΡ	Contacts moving when a magnet approaches
H01H  36/00 301 A	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	265	ĥΤΤι¤	Structures of switches per se
H01H  36/00 301 B	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	64	ռ	Pushbutton types
H01H  36/00 301 C	1	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	19	ݥܡݥ	Keyboards
H01H  36/00 301 D	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	54	е巿	Magnetic adhesion types
H01H  36/00 301 E	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	76	ɥĥ	Door switches
H01H  36/00 301 F	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	11	Ǯư	Thermally responding types
H01H  36/00 301 G	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	15	ʴѤ	Using magnetic powders
H01H  36/00 301 H	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	31	Ѥ	Using mercury
H01H  36/00 301 Z	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	197	¾	Others
H01H  36/00 302 \	2	2	5G046	H01H  36/00	17	ݥɥĥ̩	Reed switches (sealed types)
H01H  36/00 302 A	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	528	ݥɥĥι¤	Structures of reed switches
H01H  36/00 302 B	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	242	СʣФѤ	Using auxiliary or multiple magnets
H01H  36/00 302 C	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	202	ݥɥĥμդ˴ؤ	Related to mounting reed switches
H01H  36/00 302 D	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	89	ݥɤ˴ؤ	Related to shields
H01H  36/00 302 E	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	45	ݥѤ	Using yokes
H01H  36/00 302 F	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	21		Convex insertion type
H01H  36/00 302 G	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	32	ե饤󥰷ƴ⼧ФưΡ	Flying types (magnets moving in a container)
H01H  36/00 302 H	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	85	ݥɤ򤹤	Resin moulding
H01H  36/00 302 J	2	1	5G046	H01H  36/00	215	ФȤδطħΤ	Characterised by relationships with magnets
H01H  36/00 302 K	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	155	žݥݷ	Revolving and rotary types
H01H  36/00 302 L	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	201	շݥܡݥ	Pressure plates or keyboards
H01H  36/00 302 M	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	27	ݥɥĥ̸γġ	Optical reed switches (light switching)
H01H  36/00 302 N	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	100		Thermal sensing types
H01H  36/00 302 P	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	302	ѡӤħΤΡ	Applications (characterised by applications)
H01H  36/00 302 Q	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	101	ϩ̥ݥɥĥѤϩ˴ؤΡ	Circuits (related to circuits using reed switches)
H01H  36/00 302 Z	2	0	5G046	H01H  36/00	145	¾	Others
H01H  36/02  \	1	1	5G046	H01H  36/02	7	Фߤ⤭ΰưˤư	actuated by movement of a float carrying a magnet
H01H  36/02  A	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/02	48	ҼեݥȤѤ	Using pendulum floats
H01H  36/02  B	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/02	235	ľեݥȤѤ	Using annular floats
H01H  36/02  C	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/02	55	ɳեեݥȤѤ	Using floats with threads
H01H  36/02  D	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/02	47	Ҽ	Hanging float types
H01H  36/02  Z	1	0	5G046	H01H  36/02	221	¾	Others
H01H  37/00  \	0	0	5G041	H01H  37/00	316	Ǯưå	Thermally-actuated switches
H01H  37/02  \	1	1	5G041	H01H  37/02	6		Details
H01H  37/02  A	1	0	5G041	H01H  37/02	98	ư	Manual operation mechanisms
H01H  37/02  B	1	0	5G041	H01H  37/02	119	ݥ³	Lead wires (connection)
H01H  37/02  Z	1	0	5G041	H01H  37/02	126	¾	Others
H01H  37/04  \	2	2	5G041	H01H  37/04	18	桨ȢΡ	Bases; Housings; Mountings
H01H  37/04  A	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/04	592	Ȣդ	Boxes or mounting
H01H  37/04  B	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/04	273	̩	Sealing
H01H  37/04  Z	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/04	44	¾	Others
H01H  37/06  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/06	118	򴹤ưפˤΡ㡥ȥåϥ	to facilitate replacement, e.g. cartridge housing
H01H  37/08  \	2	2	5G041	H01H  37/08	38	ؼɸ	Indicators; Distinguishing marks
H01H  37/10  \	2	2	5G041	H01H  37/10	57	ϲ٤ޤϰϤѲФ	Compensation for variation of ambient temperature or pressure
H01H  37/12  \	2	2	5G041	H01H  37/12	253	ޤϥդκư٤Ĵ	Means for adjustment of "on" or "off" operating temperature
H01H  37/14  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/14	93	ŵǮ֤ˤ	by anticipatory electric heater
H01H  37/16  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/16	17	ǮǻҤ˴ǮϤΨѲ뤳ȤˤΡ㡥פؤΰưˤ	by varying the proportion of input heat received by the thermal element, e.g. by displacement of a shield
H01H  37/18  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/18	20	ʬΥץ󥰤ˤǮǻҤΥХѲ뤳Ȥˤ	by varying bias on the thermal element due to a separate spring
H01H  37/20  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/20	37	åȢΤ˴Ϣ봶ǮǻҤΰ֤Ѳ뤳Ȥˤ	by varying the position of the thermal element in relation to switch base or casing
H01H  37/22  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/22	52	ǮǻҤޤϥåޤǤưãĴˤ	by adjustment of a member transmitting motion from the thermal element to contacts or latch
H01H  37/24  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/24	10	ưβưΰ֤Ĵˤ	by adjustment of position of the movable contact on its driving member
H01H  37/26  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/26	10	ưΥհ֤Ф̤Ĵˤ	by adjustment of abutment for "off" position of the movable contact
H01H  37/28  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/28	31	ΰ֤Ĵˤ	by adjustment of the position of the fixed contact
H01H  37/30  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/30	18	åޤȢΤ˴Ϣ˥åȤΰ֤Ѳ뤳Ȥˤ	by varying the position of the contact unit in relation to switch base or casing
H01H  37/32  \	2	2	5G041	H01H  37/32	113	Ǯ	Thermally-sensitive members
H01H  37/32  A	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/32	392		Temperature detecting resistors
H01H  37/32  B	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/32	66	Ǯ	Thermocouples
H01H  37/32  C	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/32	513		Shape memory metals
H01H  37/32  D	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/32	185	Х᥿ȰۼδǻҤȹ礻	Combinations of bimetal and different temperature detecting elements
H01H  37/32  Z	2	0	5G041	H01H  37/32	174	¾ĶƳǻҡ	Others (superconductive elements)
H01H  37/34  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/34	123	Ǯãʡ㡥फΥ줿ץ	Means for transmitting heat thereto, e.g. capsule remote from contact member
H01H  37/36  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/36	226	ȯȼȼʤήΤĥޤϼ̤ˤưΡʥåήΣȣȣȣȣ	actuated due to expansion or contraction of a fluid with or without vaporisation (the fluid forming a contact of the switch H01H 29/04, H01H 29/30)
H01H  37/38  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/38	528	٥Ĥ	with bellows
H01H  37/40  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/40	242	եĤ	with diaphragm
H01H  37/42  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/42	4	βɡ㡥֥ɥɡĤ	with curled flexible tube, e.g. Bourdon tube
H01H  37/44  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/44	89	ԥȥ󤪤ӥĤ	with piston and cylinder
H01H  37/46  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/46	161	Τĥޤϼ̤ˤưΡʥХ᥿ǻҤѷȣȣ	actuated due to expansion or contraction of a solid (deflection of a bimetallic element H01H 37/52)
H01H  37/48  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/48	5	ĹǽιΤޤϴɤĤ	with extensible rigid rods or tubes
H01H  37/48  A	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/48	85		Lateral direction
H01H  37/48  B	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/48	101		Axial direction
H01H  37/48  C	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/48	42	ĥư	Tensile rotation
H01H  37/48  D	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/48	11	¿ȹ礻	Combinations of multiple directions
H01H  37/48  Z	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/48	21	¾	Others
H01H  37/50  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/50	137	ĹǽʶĥĤ	with extensible wires under tension
H01H  37/52  \	3	3	5G041	H01H  37/52	30	Х᥿ǻҤѷˤư	actuated due to deflection of bimetallic element
H01H  37/52  A	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	560	Х᥿ľդ	Contacts directly mounted on diaphragms
H01H  37/52  B	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	501	Х᥿뤬ư	Bimetals pushing contact members
H01H  37/52  C	3	1	5G041	H01H  37/52	452	®ưͭ	With quick-motion mechanisms
H01H  37/52  D	3	2	5G041	H01H  37/52	199	ޥĥפ®ưͭ	With quick-motion mechanisms of micro switch types
H01H  37/52  E	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	55	ĥѥХ᥿ñ	Bimetals as a piece part for switches
H01H  37/52  F	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	128	üХ᥿ѤΡ㡥餻	Using special bimetals e.g. spiral
H01H  37/52  G	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	27	Х᥿ˡ	Methods for manufacturing bimetals
H01H  37/52  Z	3	0	5G041	H01H  37/52	61	¾Τ	Others
H01H  37/54  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/54	6	ǥХ᥿ǻҤͭΥʥå׺ư򤹤	wherein the bimetallic element is inherently snap acting
H01H  37/54  A	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/54	497	׷Х᥿ˤ	By disk shaped bimetals
H01H  37/54  B	4	1	5G041	H01H  37/54	247	׷Х᥿ľդ	Contacts directly mounted on disk diaphragms
H01H  37/54  C	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/54	535	ȿžХ᥿ˤ	By snap action bimetals
H01H  37/54  D	4	1	5G041	H01H  37/54	399	ȿžХ᥿ľդ	Contacts directly mounted on snap action bimetals
H01H  37/54  Z	4	0	5G041	H01H  37/54	59	¾Τ	Others
H01H  37/56  \	4	4	5G041	H01H  37/56	202	ޤϤХ᥿ǻҤĤ	having spirally wound or helically wound bimetallic element
H01H  37/58  \	3	3	5G018	H01H  37/58	22	ФǮŪ椵ƳΨѲˤäƺư	actuated due to thermally controlled change of magnetic permeability
H01H  37/58  A	3	0	5G018	H01H  37/58	443	ݥɥĥ	Reed switch types
H01H  37/58  E	3	1	5G018	H01H  37/58	386	աʤͭ	With means for mounting or securing
H01H  37/58  H	3	0	5G018	H01H  37/58	16	ե饤󥰥ĥ	Flying switch types
H01H  37/58  J	3	0	5G018	H01H  37/58	64	Ѵ	Magnetism and electricity conversion types
H01H  37/58  K	3	0	5G018	H01H  37/58	92	ݻ	Suction retaining type
H01H  37/58  L	3	1	5G018	H01H  37/58	87	ФˤȿȯϤͭ	With repulsion forces by magnets
H01H  37/58  M	3	1	5G018	H01H  37/58	21	Х᥿롤ˤȿȯϤͭ	With repulsion forces by bimetals or shape memory metals
H01H  37/58  N	3	1	5G018	H01H  37/58	86	ĥХͤˤȿȯϤͭ	With repulsion forces by leaf springs
H01H  37/58  Q	3	1	5G018	H01H  37/58	68	ХͤˤȿȯϤͭ	With repulsion forces by coil springs
H01H  37/58  R	3	2	5G018	H01H  37/58	296	ȿȯϤˤưľŪʤ	Linear motions by repulsion forces
H01H  37/58  Z	3	0	5G018	H01H  37/58	22	¾	Others
H01H  37/60  \	2	2	5G018	H01H  37/60	43	®ưưʡʥХ᥿ǻҤͭΤΣȣȣФˤäΣȣȣ	Means for producing snap action (inherent in bimetallic element H01H 37/54; caused by a magnet H01H 37/66)
H01H  37/62  \	2	2	5G018	H01H  37/62	5	餫줿ٱ뤿ǮŪʤȤ̤μ	Means other than thermal means for introducing a predetermined time delay
H01H  37/64  \	2	2	5G018	H01H  37/64	151		Contacts
H01H  37/66  \	3	3	5G018	H01H  37/66	102	ܿμŪ䶯®ưư뼧	Magnetic reinforcement of contact pressure; Magnet causing snap action
H01H  37/68  \	3	3	5G018	H01H  37/68	72	ޤϥɤ̩Ĥ	sealed in evacuated or gas-filled tube
H01H  37/70  \	3	3	5G018	H01H  37/70	85	ꥻåȼ	Resetting means
H01H  37/72  \	1	1	5G018	H01H  37/72	121	γưưǮѤ뤫뤤Ϥεդư̡˹Ԥʤ륹å	Switches in which the opening movement and the closing movement of a contact are effected respectively by heating and cooling or <u>vice versa</u>
H01H  37/74  \	1	1	5G018	H01H  37/74	8	γưΤߤ뤤ưΤߤǮޤѤˤԤʤ륹å	Switches in which only the opening movement or only the closing movement of a contact is effected by heating or cooling
H01H  37/74  A	1	0	5G018	H01H  37/74	238	Х᥿Ѥ	Using bimetals
H01H  37/74  B	1	0	5G018	H01H  37/74	113	Ǯĥ̤Ѥ	Using expansion or contraction of heat sensing materials
H01H  37/74  Z	1	0	5G018	H01H  37/74	17	¾	Others
H01H  37/76  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	1274	ϺͻˤꡤǳǳƤˤޤȯȯˤư	Contact member actuated by melting of fusible material, actuated due to burning of combustible material or due to explosion of explosive material
H01H  37/76  A	2	0	5G502	H01H  37/76	108	ưħΤ	Characterised by operating principles
H01H  37/76  B	2	1	5G502	H01H  37/76	179	ή̤ʤ	Current not drawing through temperature sensing materials
H01H  37/76  C	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	570	Ĥ봬ФͤѤ	Using helical springs
H01H  37/76  D	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	174	ĤФͤѤ	Using leaf springs
H01H  37/76  E	2	1	5G502	H01H  37/76	91	ή̤	Current drawing through temperature sensing materials
H01H  37/76  F	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	1587	बǤ	Fusing temperature sensing materials
H01H  37/76  G	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	400	ˤ그ߤƤ	Anchored by temperature sensing materials
H01H  37/76  H	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	104	ήư	Flowing contacts
H01H  37/76  J	2	2	5G502	H01H  37/76	45	쥸ϤΤ	Resin contacts
H01H  37/76  K	2	0	5G502	H01H  37/76	1079	աȹߤħ	Characterised by mounting or assembling
H01H  37/76  L	2	0	5G502	H01H  37/76	393	¤ˡħ	Characterised by manufacturing methods
H01H  37/76  P	2	0	5G502	H01H  37/76	364	ķ٥ҥݥ	Board type thermal fuses
H01H  37/76  Q	2	1	5G502	H01H  37/76	178	ĥ׷٥ҥݥ	Chip type thermal fuses
H01H  37/76  R	2	1	5G502	H01H  37/76	13	٥ҥݥ	Inserting type thermal fuses
H01H  37/76  Z	2	0	5G502	H01H  37/76	77	¾Τ	Others
H01H  39/00  \	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	212	ήˤư졤ȯˤäƺư볫	Switching devices actuated by an explosion produced within the device and initiated by an electric current
H01H  39/00  A	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	4	ȥåޥ	with cartridge magazine
H01H  39/00  B	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	24	ﳫβϩĺ	closing circuit which s usually open
H01H  39/00  C	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	424	ĤβϩƳΤǤˤ곫	opening circuit which is usually closed by cutting conductor
H01H  39/00  D	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	78		for cells
H01H  39/00  Z	0	0	5G018	H01H  39/00	29	¾Τ	Others
H01H  41/00  \	0	0	5G022	H01H  41/00	19	ʬñʤưˤ򤵤줿Ϣ³Ūưꤹ륹å	Switches providing a selected number of consecutive operations of the contacts by a single manual actuation of the operating part
H01H  41/04  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  41/04	3	¿Υǥ򥻥åȤ뤤ϵŪߤʤ⤿ʤå	Switches without means for setting or mechanically storing a multidigit number
H01H  41/06  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  41/06	2	ޤϥ饤Τ	dial or slide operated
H01H  41/08  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  41/08	1	Τ	keyboard operated
H01H  41/10  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  41/10	7	¿Υǥ򥻥åȤޤϵŪߤʤͭ륹å	Switches with means for setting or mechanically storing a multidigit number
H01H  41/12  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  41/12	3	ޤϥ饤Τ	dial or slide operated
H01H  41/14  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  41/14	0	Τ	keyboard operated
H01H  43/00  \	0	0	5G022	H01H  43/00	1991	İʾγưԤ뤿λֳִ֤ʤĥץδλϼưŪˤλ¤ޤϻ¥ץॹå	Time or time-programme switches providing a choice of time-intervals for executing one or more switching actions and automatically terminating their operation after the programme is completed
H01H  43/02  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/02	15		Details
H01H  43/02  A	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/02	510	ɽ	Visual indications
H01H  43/02  B	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/02	165	İɽ	Aural indications
H01H  43/02  C	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/02	338	ݥߥʥ	Contacts or terminals
H01H  43/02  D	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/02	455	ݥ	Cases or layouts
H01H  43/02  Z	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/02	296	¾	Others
H01H  43/04  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  43/04	123	Τμ	Means for time setting
H01H  43/04  A	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/04	238	ϩ	Setting circuits
H01H  43/04  B	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/04	391	ã	Transferring set operating forces
H01H  43/04  C	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/04	56	ץ	Programming plate
H01H  43/04  D	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/04	180	ʳ	Settings excluding time settings
H01H  43/04  Z	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/04	1198	¾	Others
H01H  43/06  \	3	3	5G022	H01H  43/06	635	ƥץʳФġĴǽʬޤΡ㡥ڥåȤĤ	comprising separately adjustable parts for each programme step, e.g. with tappets
H01H  43/08  \	3	3	5G022	H01H  43/08	112	ץʳ˶̤Ǥ򴹤ץʬޤΡ㡥󹦥ɤĤ	comprising an interchangeable programme part which is common for all programme steps, e.g. with a punched card
H01H  43/10  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	82	¾®٤ǲžʬˤκư˥ߥ󥰤Ĥ	with timing of actuation of contacts due to a part rotating at substantially constant speed
H01H  43/10  A	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	74	ư	Drive sources
H01H  43/10  B	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	278	ưã	Drive transfer mechanisms
H01H  43/10  C	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	92	®	Shifting during resetting
H01H  43/10  D	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	68	ãڴ	Switching transfer factors
H01H  43/10  E	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	83	ݥࡦ	Worms, helical rods or spiral grooves
H01H  43/10  F	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	53	ַ	Intermittent feeding
H01H  43/10  G	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	111	Ĵ®ʵ	Governor or stepping mechanisms
H01H  43/10  H	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	423		Cams
H01H  43/10  J	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	102	ñ쥫	Single cams
H01H  43/10  K	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	322	¿ť	Multiple cams
H01H  43/10  L	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/10	83	Ҥˤư륫	Cams rotated by time limit setting pieces
H01H  43/10  M	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	103	ץ	Programme control
H01H  43/10  N	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	189	žɥ	Rotating drums
H01H  43/10  P	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	184	ž	Rotating disks
H01H  43/10  Q	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	69	®ư	Quick-motion mechanisms
H01H  43/10  R	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	164	ܰ¡Х	Rough guides, lifting springs
H01H  43/10  S	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	164	ؿ˷	Pointing needle types
H01H  43/10  T	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	122	ĥ	Clutches
H01H  43/10  U	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	51	󥵡ݤȤδϢ	Related to sensors
H01H  43/10  V	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	36	ݡżФ	With relays or solenoids
H01H  43/10  W	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	94	ܳФפѤ	Using alarm clocks
H01H  43/10  Z	1	0	5G022	H01H  43/10	684	¾	Others
H01H  43/12  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  43/12	11	Σ˼ưŪߤ	stopping automatically after a single cycle of operation
H01H  43/12  A	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/12	211	ưã	Drive transfer mechanisms
H01H  43/12  B	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/12	307	ż	Electromagnetic operation
H01H  43/12  C	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/12	273	ư	Automatic stop
H01H  43/12  Z	2	0	5G022	H01H  43/12	377	¾	Others
H01H  43/14  \	3	3	5G022	H01H  43/14	4	ǻֳִ֤ΥꥻåȤɬפȤη֤򤹤	wherein repetition of operation necessitates resetting of time intervals
H01H  43/16  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  43/16	3	Τ餫줿ʣμ˼ưŪߤ	stopping automatically after a predetermined plurality of cycles of operation
H01H  43/24  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/24	253	žʤưʬˤκư˥ߥ󥰤Ĥ	with timing of actuation of contacts due to a non-rotatably moving part
H01H  43/26  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  43/26	1	Ϥˤήưʪ㡥塤ˤäư	the actuation being produced by a substance flowing due to gravity, e.g. sand, water
H01H  43/28  \	2	2	5G022	H01H  43/28	254	®٤ήΰʡ㡥ԥȥ󤪤ӥˤ椵ʤˤư	the actuation being produced by a part, the speed of which is controlled by fluid-pressure means, e.g. by piston and cylinder
H01H  43/30  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/30	221	Ǯưˤκư˥ߥ󥰤Ĥ	with timing of actuation of contacts due to thermal action
H01H  43/32  \	1	1	5G022	H01H  43/32	84	Ųˤκư˥ߥ󥰤ĤΡعˤκư˥ߥ󥰤Ĥ	with timing of actuation of contacts due to electrolytic processes; with timing of actuation of contacts due to chemical processes
H01H  45/00  \	0	0	5G036	H01H  45/00	10	Ŵκŵϩ֣ȣȣżŴκȣȣŵŪ륻쥯åκȣȣ	Details of relays (electric circuit arrangements H01H 47/00; of electromagnetic relays H01H 50/00; details of electrically-operated selector switches H01H 63/00)
H01H  45/00  A	0	0	5G036	H01H  45/00	170	Ŵκ̡̽ݡĥȡꥻĥ	Details of relays in general (aggregate relays, setting or resetting arrangements)
H01H  45/00  B	0	1	5G036	H01H  45/00	27	ɿɿС	Anti-corrosion, dustproof or cleaning contact mechanisms
H01H  45/00  Z	0	0	5G036	H01H  45/00	60	¾Τ	Others
H01H  45/02  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/02	25	桨󥰡СʣİʾηŴդ뤿ȤޤϣĤηŴ¾ŵŪʪդ뤿ȣȣ£ȣѣȣˡ	Bases; Casings; Covers (frames for mounting two or more relays or for mounting a relay and another electric component H02B 1/01, H04Q 1/08, H05K)
H01H  45/02  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/02	23	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  45/02  D	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/02	210	ʳηŴ	Relays excluding A
H01H  45/02  E	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/02	176	̩ߡüҴϣȤȴϢ	Sealing and hermetic sealing (related to 45/14 H for portions at which terminals are penetrating)
H01H  45/02  F	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/02	82	ڷ礭ĤΡ̣ȴϢ	With holes or notches (related to 45/12)
H01H  45/02  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/02	18	¾Τ	Others
H01H  45/04  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  45/04	15	ޤȢؤδ줿Ŵ濫뤤ϷŴʬΥʤμդ	Mounting complete relay or separate parts of relay on a base or inside a case
H01H  45/04  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  45/04	224	ŴΤμա̥ݥ롤	Mounting of relays per se (rails, boards)
H01H  45/04  B	2	1	5G036	H01H  45/04	123	ϩľüҤηȼΡ	On circuit boards (involving terminal profiles 45/14)
H01H  45/04  C	2	1	5G036	H01H  45/04	79	ŵ辰ݥ	On electric appliance cases
H01H  45/04  D	2	1	5G036	H01H  45/04	300	ĥȾ	On sockets
H01H  45/04  H	2	0	5G036	H01H  45/04	22	ȢؤʬΥʤ	Placement of separated constituent parts in boxes
H01H  45/04  J	2	1	5G036	H01H  45/04	38	Ф	Drawer types
H01H  45/04  K	2	1	5G036	H01H  45/04	82	Ż	Electronic components
H01H  45/04  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  45/04	74	¾Τ	Others
H01H  45/06  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  45/06	30	ͭΡƩȢΤޤϥС	having windows; Transparent cases or covers
H01H  45/08  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/08	1	ؼɸ	Indicators; Distinguishing marks
H01H  45/08  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/08	95	ưɽ	Indicating motions
H01H  45/08  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/08	128	ϩ	Circuits
H01H  45/08  E	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/08	48	ɸ	Distinguishing marks
H01H  45/08  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/08	22	¾Τ	Others
H01H  45/10  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/10	57	żޤťɡʥ󥰣ȣȣ	Electromagnetic or electrostatic shielding (casings H01H 45/02)
H01H  45/12  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/12	84	ѡǮŵŪǮưŴư뤿ΤΣȣȣ	Ventilating; Cooling; Heating (for operating electrothermal relays H01H 61/013)
H01H  45/14  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/14	29	ü	Terminal arrangements
H01H  45/14  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/14	28	ưŴưĴܿ	Switches or contactors with moving core sliding in winding frame along axial direction
H01H  45/14  D	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/14	97	ʳηŴ	Relays excluding A
H01H  45/14  E	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/14	46	Фü	Drawer type terminals
H01H  45/14  F	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/14	48	ĥ	Tap adjustment equipment
H01H  45/14  G	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/14	171	ĥüҡ̷ŴΤμդϣġ	Socket terminals (mounting of relays per se 45/04 D)
H01H  45/14  H	1	1	5G036	H01H  45/14	163	̣šǤͥ衤١ݥϣŤȴϢ	Compositions, profiles or structures (E to G take precedence.    Related to 45/02 E for portions at which base is penetrating.)
H01H  45/14  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  45/14	27	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/00  \	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	21	ŴüʻѤŬ礷ʤϩ֤Ӵ˾뤿ޤή򶡵뤹뤿߷פ줿ϩ	Circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular application of the relay and designed to obtain desired operating characteristics or to provide energising current
H01H  47/00  A	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	884	Ūݲϩ	Relay circuits in general
H01H  47/00  B	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	62	ݥޥȥĥ	Relay matrix
H01H  47/00  C	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	754	δƻ롨Ƴɻ	Monitoring relay circuits; preventing faulty conduction
H01H  47/00  D	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	114	ư¬	Measuring operating characteristics
H01H  47/00  E	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	342	Ŵλ	Testing relays
H01H  47/00  F	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	204	󥿡ݥĥϩݥ󥹲ϩ	Interlock circuits; sequencer circuits
H01H  47/00  G	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	88	Ÿưˤưɻ	Preventing malfunctions due to power supply fluctuations
H01H  47/00  H	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	189	ɻߡͥưϩ	Preventing double selections; priority operating circuits
H01H  47/00  J	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	486	в־õݥۼϥ֥ĥɷ	Extinguishing arcs, absorbing surges; hybrid types
H01H  47/00  K	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	192	żĴϩ	Circuits for operating solenoid contactors
H01H  47/00  Z	0	0	5G057	H01H  47/00	75	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/02  \	1	1	5G057	H01H  47/02	2	ŴκѤѹ뤿Τ	for modifying the operation of the relay
H01H  47/02  A	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/02	102	Ūʤ	General
H01H  47/02  B	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/02	360	եĥϩ	Flickering circuits
H01H  47/02  C	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/02	155	ֺưϩ	Constant time operating circuits
H01H  47/02  Z	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/02	13	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/04  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/04	642	۰줿֤˥ޥ奢ݻ뤿ΤΡ㡥ϩǤ줿Ȥޤήθˤ	for holding armature in attracted position e.g. when initial energising circuit is interrupted or with reduced energising current
H01H  47/06  \	3	3	5G057	H01H  47/06	38	ľ³줿ޤϴοѲˤ	by changing number of serially-connected turns or winding
H01H  47/08  \	3	3	5G057	H01H  47/08	65	³줿ޤϴοѲˤ	by changing number of parallel-connected turns or windings
H01H  47/10  \	3	3	5G057	H01H  47/10	220	ŴﴬФƳԡ󥹤뤤Ͻ뤳Ȥˤ	by switching-in or -out impedance external to the relay winding
H01H  47/12  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/12	27	żФХ뤿Τ	for biasing the electromagnet
H01H  47/14  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/14	24	ŴκưưѤΤ	for differential operation of the relay
H01H  47/16  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/16	13	Ŵư礹뤿ΤΡ㡥ղŪ˷礹	for conjoint, e.g. additive, operation of the relay
H01H  47/18  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/18	9	Ŵưٱ뤿ΤΡû줿Ƴť꡼֡ƳӤޤƳűģȣȣ	for introducing delay in the operation of the relay (short-circuited conducting sleeves, bands, or discs H01H 50/46)
H01H  47/18  A	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	120	ǥ륿ޤѤ	Using digital timers
H01H  47/18  B	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	550	ȥ󥸥Ѥ	Using transistors
H01H  47/18  C	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	419	ӣãҡУգԡգʣԤѤ	Using SCR, PUT, UJT
H01H  47/18  D	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	74	ݥߥѤ	Using thermistors
H01H  47/18  E	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	113	ɤѤ	Using vacuum tubes
H01H  47/18  F	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	52	ŵŪǻҤѤ	Using electrochemical elements
H01H  47/18  G	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	66	ȿ»Τ	Of half-life duration characteristics
H01H  47/18  H	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	101	ݻݤˤ	By retaining relays
H01H  47/18  Z	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/18	423	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/20  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/20	113	Ŵμȿư뤿Τ	for producing frequency-selective operation of the relay
H01H  47/22  \	1	1	5G057	H01H  47/22	11	ŴؤФή򶡵뤹뤿Τ	for supplying energising current for relay coil
H01H  47/22  A	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/22	417	Ūʤ	General
H01H  47/22  B	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/22	41	ƥĥԥ󥰥ݤΤΤ	For stepping relays
H01H  47/22  C	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/22	342	ݻݤΤΤ	For retaining relays
H01H  47/22  D	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/22	93	ü췿ݤΤΤΡ̥ݥɥݡȥ󥹥ݡťݡ	For special relays (reed relays, transformer relays or piezo-electric relays)
H01H  47/22  Z	1	0	5G057	H01H  47/22	10	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/24  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/24	210	ϵĤ	having light-sensitive input
H01H  47/26  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/26	244	ǮϵĤ	having thermo-sensitive input
H01H  47/28  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/28	135	Ŵɤˤ궡뤵ή	Energising current supplied by discharge tube
H01H  47/30  \	3	3	5G057	H01H  47/30	0	Ŵɤˤ	by gas-filled discharge tube
H01H  47/32  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/32	24	ȾƳ֤ˤ궡뤵ή	Energising current supplied by semiconductor device
H01H  47/32  A	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/32	1106	ȥ󥸥ˤ	By transistors
H01H  47/32  B	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/32	322	ӣãҡУգԡգʣԤˤ	By SCR, PUT, UJT
H01H  47/32  C	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/32	393	ݻݤΤΤ	For retaining relays
H01H  47/32  D	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/32	7	ü췿ݤΤΤΡ̥ݥɥݡȥ󥹥ݡťݡ	For special relays (reed relays, transformer relays or piezo electric relays)
H01H  47/32  Z	2	0	5G057	H01H  47/32	50	¾Τ	Others
H01H  47/34  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/34	25	Ҵˤ궡뤵ή	Energising current supplied by magnetic amplifier
H01H  47/36  \	2	2	5G057	H01H  47/36	4	Ŵؤ֥åϩʬ	Relay coil or coils forming part of a bridge circuit
H01H  49/00  \	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	10	ŴޤϤʤΤäѤ֤뤤ˡ	Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of relays or parts thereof
H01H  49/00  A	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	299	¤ΩĴΰ٤μ񤪤°֡ϩ̣ΤȴϢ	Jigs, accessory arrangements or circuits for manufacturing, assembling, testing or adjusting (related to 50/00 N)
H01H  49/00  D	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	127	ܿȤΩ	Contactors (assembling)
H01H  49/00  G	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	66	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  49/00  H	0	1	5G032	H01H  49/00	17	¿	Multi-contact types
H01H  49/00  J	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	284	ġǰʳηŴȤΩơϩ˴Ĵ	Relays excluding D or G (assembling, magnetic circuits, pole adjustments)
H01H  49/00  K	0	1	5G032	H01H  49/00	148	١ݥȥСߡȴ	Bases and covers (sealing, degassing)
H01H  49/00  L	0	1	5G032	H01H  49/00	384	Ƴü	Conductors (contacts, terminals)
H01H  49/00  M	0	1	5G032	H01H  49/00	105	̴ȡü	Magnetic windings (winding frames, winding terminals)
H01H  49/00  Z	0	0	5G032	H01H  49/00	55	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/00  \	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	27	żŴκŵϩ֣ȣȣŵŪ륻쥯åȣȣ	Details of electromagnetic relays (electric circuit arrangements H01H 47/00; details of electrically-operated selector switches H01H 63/00)
H01H  50/00  A	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	47	̣׷շŴֿ͡ޡ	(W or U-shaped cores) [figure]
H01H  50/00  B	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	52	ץ󥸥ֿޡ	Plunger types [figure]
H01H  50/00  C	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	62	դ̣ȣȣʬ	With interlock (main classification is H 01 H 51.)
H01H  50/00  D	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	373	ø̲֡ϩǴǤꡤȣȣʬ	Arc extinguishing devices (i.e., circuit breakers, H01H33 and 69 are the main classifications)
H01H  50/00  E	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	79	̲	Mechanisms for operating contacts (pushbuttons)
H01H  50/00  F	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	58	ɿСưŴ	Cleaning, dustproof (contact chambers, moving cores)
H01H  50/00  H	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	148	ʳżŴֿޡ	Solenoid contactors excluding A
H01H  50/00  J	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	172	̲СݤˤľϡˡѡǤȴϢ	Mechanisms for operating contacts (direct operations by pushbuttons or covers are related to 50/02 K, Q, 50/06 G)
H01H  50/00  K	0	1	5G036	H01H  50/00	125	ɿСưŴ	Cleaning, dustproof (contact chambers, moving cores)
H01H  50/00  N	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	168	ĴΩơݼΰ٤μޤ̣֡ȴϢ	Jigs or arrangements for adjusting, assembling or maintenance (related to 49/00)
H01H  50/00  V	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	26	ĶƳѤƤ	Using superconduction
H01H  50/00  Z	0	0	5G036	H01H  50/00	18	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/02  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	16	桨󥰡СʣİʾηŴդ뤿ȤޤϣĤηŴ¾ŵŪʪդ뤿ȣȣ£ȣѣȣˡ	Bases; Casings; Covers (frames for mounting two or more relays or for mounting a relay and another electric component H02B 1/01, H04Q 1/08, H05K)
H01H  50/02  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/02	186	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/02  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	310	ץ󥸥̣Ťͥ衤Ĵѥ٥ݥβưŴؤղäϣ¤ȴϢ	Plunger types (E takes precedence.  Assign to moving cores for air conditioning bellows is related to 50/20 B.)
H01H  50/02  C	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	253	üݸСݡɿġؤġ̣˸Ťʸ	Terminal protection covers, dustproof plates or shielding plates (old documents can be found under 50/38 A.)
H01H  50/02  D	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	89	岼Υݥ	Between upper and lower cases
H01H  50/02  E	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/02	105	ץ󥸥̥ѥĥβʤߤΰ٤ΤΣƤȴϢ	Plunger types (for placement of parts such as inserting gaskets 50/04 F)
H01H  50/02  F	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/02	42	饹̿¿ֿ͡ޡ	Sealed in glass tube (mercury or multi-contact types) [figure]
H01H  50/02  G	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	135	ݥɷֿޡ	Reed types [figure]
H01H  50/02  K	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/02	333	ưʳżŴ	Solenoid contactors excluding A or F
H01H  50/02  L	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	91	ͭ˷̣ԡСѡҡӤͥ	Polarised types (T.P.Q.R.S. takes precedence.)
H01H  50/02  M	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/02	32	ݥɥХҷ̼ƳΡֿ͡ޡ	Magnetic reed spring types (magnetic conductors) [figure]
H01H  50/02  T	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	60	ݥȥ١ݥ	Between cases and bases
H01H  50/02  N	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	302	̩	Sealing, hermetic sealing
H01H  50/02  Y	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/02	143	üҴüҤηȼΡФȴϢ	Portions at which terminal is penetrated (related to 50/14 P if terminal profile is involved)
H01H  50/02  P	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	109	æߤΥС	Free attaching or detaching covers
H01H  50/02  Q	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	216	ڷ礭ĤΡ̥ȴѣǡǤȴϢ	With holes or notches (related to 50/06 G, 50/12 G for degasing)
H01H  50/02  R	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	93	ȥĥη	Forming stoppers
H01H  50/02  S	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/02	158	ȯã⤷Ͼò	Transferring or silencing generated noises
H01H  50/02  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/02	30	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/04  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/04	14	ޤȢؤδ줿Ŵ濫뤤ϷŴʬΥʤμդ	Mounting complete relay or separate parts of relay on a base or inside a case
H01H  50/04  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/04	11	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  50/04  B	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	138	Τμա̥ݥ롤ľȴϢ	Mounting contactors per se (rails, boards, related to 45/04 A)
H01H  50/04  C	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	266	ĤΡ̥ݥޥݡٷŴȤȹ礻ޤζưϡá	With auxiliary mechanisms (combinations with thermal relays or eddy load relays, or driving mechanisms for contacts 50/54 C)
H01H  50/04  D	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	214	ȢؤʬΥʤߡ̣šƤͥ衢ŴθϡͤȴϢ	Related to placement of separated constituent parts in boxes (E or F takes precedence.  Fixing cores 50/30 A, 50/36 A
H01H  50/04  E	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	184	ŻʤߡΤγؤμդޤബȤؤμդϡġ	Laying out electronic components (mounting to formers including outside of relays 50/44 D)
H01H  50/04  F	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	137	ץ󥸥̣Ťͥ	Plunger types (E takes precedence.)
H01H  50/04  G	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/04	144	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/04  H	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	175	ؤ	Laying out in formers
H01H  50/04  L	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/04	55	ǰʳżŴ	Solenoid relays excluding A or G
H01H  50/04  M	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	205	Τμա̥ץȴľüҤηȼΡ	Mounting relays (involving terminal profiles such as on printed circuit boards 50/14)
H01H  50/04  Y	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/04	85	ĥȾ̣ҤȴϢ	On sockets (related to 50/14 R)
H01H  50/04  J	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/04	242	ȢؤʬΥʤ	Placement of separated constituent parts in boxes
H01H  50/04  N	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/04	338	ҥ󥸷̣Ԥͥ衢ưŴٻХߤϣ١¡٤ȴϢ	Hinge types (T takes precedence.  Placement of spring members for supporting moving core are related to 50/24 Y, 50/26 B, 50/34 Y)
H01H  50/04  U	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	145	֥ĥη	Coupling of blocks
H01H  50/04  V	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	162	ϩ֤	Placement of magnetic circuit arrangements
H01H  50/04  W	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	195	ݥΰѡ̥١ݥ֤ǤβݥǤη	Using a portion of cases (pressing between bases, anchoring with cases)
H01H  50/04  P	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	108	ʿͥݥɥեȥշֿޡ	Flat (thin) card lift off types [figure]
H01H  50/04  Q	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/04	95	ͭ˷ľޥ楢λٻϡסԡӡѤȴϢ	Polarised types (related to 50/18 W, T, S, 50/44 Q for supporting armature such as linear types)
H01H  50/04  R	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	156	ٻͭΥݥưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/04  X	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	84	ٻͭοʿưХ󥹲žư	Horizontally driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/04  S	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/04	37	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring types
H01H  50/04  T	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/04	254	Żʤߡ̴ȤؤμդϣΡ	laying out of electronic parts (mounting to formers 50/44 N)
H01H  50/04  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/04	9	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/06  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/06	1	ĤΡƩȢΤޤϥС	having windows; Transparent cases or covers
H01H  50/06  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/06	23	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  50/06  D	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/06	6	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/06  G	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/06	80	İʳżŴ	Solenoid contactors excluding A or D
H01H  50/06  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/06	0	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/08  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/08	3	ؼɸ	Indicators; Distinguishing marks
H01H  50/08  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/08	190	Ūưɽ	Mechanical means for indicating motions
H01H  50/08  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/08	70	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  50/08  C	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/08	55	ξɽ	Failure indicators
H01H  50/08  E	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/08	170	Ūưɽʡ̲ϩϣ	Optical means for indicating motions (circuits 47/00 A)
H01H  50/08  H	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/08	66	ɸ	Distinguishing marks
H01H  50/08  K	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/08	31	ξɽ	Indicating worn contacts
H01H  50/08  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/08	34	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/10  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/10	4	żŪޤŪɡʥ󥰣ȣȣ	Electromagnetic or electrostatic shielding (casings H01H 50/02)
H01H  50/10  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/10	12	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  50/10  D	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/10	111	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/10  G	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/10	200	İʳżŴ	Solenoid contactors excluding A or D
H01H  50/10  H	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/10	137	ͭ˷̼»Ƚǡ	Polarised types (determined based on preferred embodiments)
H01H  50/10  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/10	8	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/12  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/12	7	ѡǮǮŴѣȣȣ	Ventilating; Cooling; Heating (for operating electrothermal relays H01H 61/013)
H01H  50/12  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/12	124	ẓ̇ܿȴϢ	Solenoid contactors (related to 50/06 A)
H01H  50/12  D	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/12	6	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/12  G	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/12	155	İʳżẈ̂ѡǤȴϢ	Solenoid contactors excluding A or D (related to 50/02 Q, 50/06 G)
H01H  50/12  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/12	8	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/14  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	11	ü	Terminal arrangements
H01H  50/14  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/14	173	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/14  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	293	ץ󥸥̥ݥѥޥͥĥȥĥ	Plunger types (magnet switches for starters)
H01H  50/14  C	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	205	¦üҡ̣¤ͥ	Stator terminals (B takes precedence.)
H01H  50/14  D	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	119	γ³üҡ̣¤ͥ衤ȾΤΣá	External connector terminals for winding s (B takes precedence.  those provided on windings 50/44 C)
H01H  50/14  G	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/14	214	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/14  K	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/14	174	ǰʳżŴ	Solenoid contactors excluding A or G
H01H  50/14  L	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	82	ͭ˷̣ΡԤͥ	Polarised types (N or T takes precedence.)
H01H  50/14  M	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/14	38	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring types
H01H  50/14  N	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	311		Compositions, profiles, structures
H01H  50/14  P	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/14	277	١ݥδ̣٤ȴϢ	Portions at which base or terminal is penetrated (related to 50/02 Y)
H01H  50/14  Q	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/14	300	üҡ̴Ⱦ塤³ѳüҡ	Winding terminals (terminals on former, for external connections)
H01H  50/14  R	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/14	112	ĥüѡ̣٤ȴϢ	Socket terminals (related to 50/04 Y)
H01H  50/14  S	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/14	132	ϩѡ̥ץȴġ	For circuit boards (printed boards)
H01H  50/14  T	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/14	125	Ŭߡ̥쥤ȡ͡Ŭ硤ɸಽñʣüҤĤȴϢ	Optimum layout, or coupling, or standardization (conversion of single R&larr; multiple terminals, related to 50/56D)
H01H  50/14  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/14	33	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/16  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	7	ϩ	Magnetic circuit arrangements
H01H  50/16  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/16	95	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/16  Y	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	175	ץ󥸥	Plunger types
H01H  50/16  X	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	51	ޤܿ	Materials, compositions or contacts
H01H  50/16  W	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	42	«Ĵ̴ѹˤΣġ	Adjusting magnetic fluxes (by changing windings 50/44 D)
H01H  50/16  D	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/16	32	饹ͷ̿¿	Sealed in glass tube (mercury or multi-contact types)
H01H  50/16  E	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	105	ݥɷ	Reed types
H01H  50/16  H	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/16	89	İʳżŴ	Solenoid connectors excluding A or D
H01H  50/16  J	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	145	ҥ󥸷	Hinge types
H01H  50/16  V	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/16	42	ܿ	Contacts
H01H  50/16  K	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/16	82	̻ưŴҷ̼»Ƚǡ	L-shaped moving core types (determine based on preferred embodiments)
H01H  50/16  U	1	3	5G036	H01H  50/16	21	ܿ	Contacts
H01H  50/16  L	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/16	62	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ	Flat (thin) card lift off types
H01H  50/16  T	1	3	5G036	H01H  50/16	35	ܿ	Contacts
H01H  50/16  M	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	83	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/16  S	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/16	107	ٻͭΥХ󥹲žư	Balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/16  N	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/16	44	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring types
H01H  50/16  P	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/16	48	«Ĵ̴ѹˤΣΡ	Adjusting magnetic fluxes (by changing windings 50/44 N)
H01H  50/16  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/16	373	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/18  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	12	ϩβưʬ㡥ޥ奢	Movable parts of magnetic circuits, e.g. armature
H01H  50/18  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/18	42	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/18  B	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/18	100	ݥɷ	Reed types
H01H  50/18  Y	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/18	34	ʳżŴܿϣҥ󥸷ϣ	Solenoid relays excluding A (contactors 50/20, hinge types 50/24)
H01H  50/18  E	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/18	55	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/18  R	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	128	ưҤľʿԶư	Needles driven linearly or in parallel
H01H  50/18  F	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	30	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring types
H01H  50/18  G	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	49	ٻͭοʿưХ󥹲žư	Horizontally driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/18  X	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/18	49	ưҼΤι	Structures of needles per se
H01H  50/18  W	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/18	93	ٻ̥١ݥǤλٻϣء	Supports (base supports 50/04 X)
H01H  50/18  V	2	4	5G036	H01H  50/18	41	ϩ	Magnetic paths
H01H  50/18  U	2	4	5G036	H01H  50/18	42	ݥ	Cards
H01H  50/18  H	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	221	ٻͭΥݥưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/18  T	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/18	155	ٻ̥١ݥǤλٻҡ	Supports (base supports 50/40 R)
H01H  50/18  J	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/18	70	ưư	Needles turning in formers
H01H  50/18  S	2	3	5G036	H01H  50/18	75	ٻ̣ѤȴϢ	Supports (related to 50/44 Q)
H01H  50/18  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/18	66	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/20  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/20	5	¾崬μ˲ưΤΡФƱ˲ưΤ	movable inside coil and substantially lengthwise with respect to axis thereof; movable coaxially with respect to coil
H01H  50/20  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/20	71	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  50/20  B	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/20	333	ץ󥸥̥٥ݥμգ¤ȴϢ	Plunger types (mounting bellows, related to 50/02 B)
H01H  50/20  X	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/20	72	ưȡ̾奱ݥǤưޤබư˴ؤ硤ǡ	Moving frames (related to 50/54G, if related to motions of bridging contacts including sliding guide within upper case)
H01H  50/20  Y	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/20	143	ưȤȤη̥ޥĥȤβޤޤࡤξ׷ɻߤϣġ	Combinations with moving frames (including inserted oil mats, preventing shocks of elastic materials 50/30 D)
H01H  50/20  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/20	41	¾ΤΡ̥Υɡץ󥸥ż	Others (solenoid, plunger solenoids)
H01H  50/22  \	4	4	5G036	H01H  50/22	5	ǼϩºݾƤ	wherein the magnetic circuit is substantially closed
H01H  50/24  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/24	7	ưǽޤưǽ	Parts rotatable or rockable outside coil
H01H  50/24  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/24	191	ҥ󥸷	Hinge types
H01H  50/24  B	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/24	89	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ	Flat (thin) card lift off types
H01H  50/24  V	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/24	28	ҥ	Hinge types
H01H  50/24  W	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/24	80	Хˤٻ̣ˡФȴϢ	Supporting with spring members (related to 50/34 K, 50/04 P)
H01H  50/24  C	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/24	148	ҥ̣¤ͥ衤ФȴϢ	Hinges (R takes precedence.  related to 50/36 P)
H01H  50/24  D	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/24	63	ԥ󡢥ͥˤٻ	Supporting with pins or screws
H01H  50/24  Y	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/24	149	Хˤٻ̣Ρ٤ȴϢ	Supporting with spring members (related to 50/04 X, 50/34 Y)
H01H  50/24  E	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/24	190	ƳΤΡ̣ءĤȴϢ	Conductive members (related to 50/34 X, 50/58 D)
H01H  50/24  X	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/24	60	ŴȤ̣ܿ¤ͥ衤ФȴϢ	Contacts with cores (B takes precedence.  related to 50/36 P)
H01H  50/24  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/24	74	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/26  \	4	4	5G036	H01H  50/26	152	ʥեåμϤưȤǽǤ	Parts movable about a knife edge
H01H  50/26  A	4	0	5G036	H01H  50/26	127	̻ưŴҷ	L-shaped moving core types
H01H  50/26  B	4	1	5G036	H01H  50/26	132	Хˤٻ̣ʡΤȴϢ	Supporting with spring members (related to 50/34 J, 50/04 N)
H01H  50/26  C	4	1	5G036	H01H  50/26	114	ݥɤȤη̣ŤȴϢ	Combinations with cards (related to 50/64 E)
H01H  50/26  Z	4	0	5G036	H01H  50/26	13	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/28  \	4	4	5G036	H01H  50/28	11	ʿФͤޤϥ꡼ɤΤʤˤưȤǽǤ	Parts movable due to bending of a blade spring or reed
H01H  50/30  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/30	7	ưޤϾ׷ɻߤޤϸꤹ뤿εŪ֡㡥ޥ奢ʿդˤ	Mechanical arrangements for preventing or damping vibration or shock, e.g. by balancing of armature
H01H  50/30  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/30	197	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/30  B	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/30	225	ץ󥸥	Plunger types
H01H  50/30  C	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/30	57	ư¦˷̣¤ͥ	Formed on needle side (B takes precedence.)
H01H  50/30  D	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/30	47	ưŴȲưȴ֡ñʤξԤηϣ١	Between moving core and moving frame (simple combination of the two 50/20 Y)
H01H  50/30  E	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/30	34	ʳμʡưܿ	Means excluding elastic members (sliding contact)
H01H  50/30  F	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/30	22	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/30  J	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/30	184	ưʳżŴ̽ſѹ	Solenoid relays excluding A or F (revised centre of gravity)
H01H  50/30  H	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/30	198	ˤΡ̣Ǥͥ衤ޥ楢Ȥؤθ	By elastic members (G takes precedence.  adhering to armature or former)
H01H  50/30  G	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/30	99	ʤؤΰ̥ХҤؤξ׷ɻǤȹ	Integrated in structural parts (assembling elements for preventing shocks in spring blades)
H01H  50/30  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/30	41	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/32  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/32	5	Ū˲ưΥå	Latching movable parts mechanically
H01H  50/32  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/32	92	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/32  B	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/32	34	ץ󥸥	Plunger types
H01H  50/32  E	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/32	18	ĥȵ̣ͥ	Ratchet mechanisms (51/08 takes precedence.)
H01H  50/32  D	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/32	130	ʳżŴ	Solenoid relays excluding A
H01H  50/32  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/32	0	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/34  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/34	7	ưθ³Ĵ뤿μʡϤĴ뤿εŪ	Means for adjusting limits of movement; Mechanical means for adjusting returning force
H01H  50/34  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/34	122	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/34  B	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/34	95	ץ󥸥	Plunger types
H01H  50/34  C	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/34	28	ûץ	C-shaped springs
H01H  50/34  E	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/34	25	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/34  H	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/34	54	ŰʳżŴ	Solenoid relays excluding A or E
H01H  50/34  Y	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/34	155	ҥ󥸷̣٤ȴϢ	Hinge types (related to 50/24 Y)
H01H  50/34  J	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/34	126	̻ưŴҷ̣ؤͥ衤¤ȴϢ	L-shaped moving core types (X takes precedence.  related to 50/26B)
H01H  50/34  K	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/34	54	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ̣ؤͥ衤פȴϢ	Flat (thin) card lift off types (X takes precedence, related to 50/24W)
H01H  50/34  X	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/34	52	ƳΤʤΡ̣šĤȴϢ	Consisting of conductors (related to 50/24 E, 50/58 D)
H01H  50/34  L	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/34	82	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/34  M	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/34	19	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring strip types
H01H  50/34  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/34	12	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/36  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/36	12	ϩθʡ㡥衼	Stationary parts of magnetic circuit, e.g. yoke
H01H  50/36  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/36	123	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/36  B	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	224	ץ󥸥	Plunger types
H01H  50/36  D	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/36	51	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/36  E	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	90	ݥɷ	Reed types
H01H  50/36  F	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/36	31	ɸ̥֡ޥȥĥ	Coordinate selectors (matrix)
H01H  50/36  J	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/36	65	İʳżŴ	Solenoid relays excluding A or D
H01H  50/36  K	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	142	ҥ󥸷̣СѤͥ衤ȥĥѡΰη	Hinge types (P or Q takes precedence.  one-piece structure of stopper)
H01H  50/36  L	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/36	67	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ̣ͤͥ	Flat (thin) card lift off types (M takes precedence.)
H01H  50/36  M	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/36	306	ŴŴȡ١ݥ֤η̥١ݥηȼΡ֡ȤηȼΡФȴϢ	Combinations among cores, yoke, formers or bases (related to 50/04 V if base profiles are involved or 50/04 V if former profiles are involved)
H01H  50/36  N	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	169	ͭ˷̣СѤͥ	Polarised types (P or Q takes precedence.)
H01H  50/36  P	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	104	ưҤȤ̤ܿ޼襳ϡ¾áؤȴϢ	Contacts with needles (related to 50/46 for shading coils, 50/24 C, X for others)
H01H  50/36  Q	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/36	98	ޤŴȷŴȤΰ̥ĥ󥰤ΰ٤μϣʰʲˤͿ	materials, structures or one-piece forming with cores (also assign magnetic materials for latching to 50/42 J or lower)
H01H  50/36  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/36	55	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/38  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/38	10	Ŵ֤Υ뤿˷줿缧ϩʬ	Part of main magnetic circuit shaped to suppress arcing between the contacts of the relay
H01H  50/38  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/38	278	̤ܿؤĤϡá	Contactors (shield plates 50/02 C)
H01H  50/38  D	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/38	6	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/38  G	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/38	108	İʳżŴ̥١ݥݥ˰ηΤϡˡ	Solenoid relays excluding A or D (integrated in base or case 50/02 K)
H01H  50/38  H	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/38	222	Ϥˤ	By magnetic force
H01H  50/38  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/38	3	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/40  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/40	70	缧ϩʬޤ¿ʬϩ	Branched or multiple-limb main magnetic circuits
H01H  50/42  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/42	6	ϩ㡥ٻ֤߰˥ޥ奢ݻ뤿ΤΡ뤤ϵٻ֤߰˥ޥ奢뤿ΤΡưθޤϲ®ΤΤ	Auxiliary magnetic circuits, e.g. for maintaining armature in, or returning armature to, position of rest, for damping or accelerating movement
H01H  50/42  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/42	118	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/42  D	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/42	33	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/42  E	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/42	172	ݥɷ	Reed types
H01H  50/42  F	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/42	44	ȾżѤ	Using semi-hard magnetic materials
H01H  50/42  J	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/42	58	İʳżŴ	Solenoid relays excluding A or D
H01H  50/42  K	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/42	144	ҥ󥸷̣Фͥ	Hinge types (P takes precedence.)
H01H  50/42  L	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/42	20	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ	Flat (thin) card lift off types
H01H  50/42  M	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/42	64	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/42  N	3	2	5G036	H01H  50/42	49	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring strip types
H01H  50/42  P	3	1	5G036	H01H  50/42	40	򥢥ޥ楢ư	Armatures rotating in winding former
H01H  50/42  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/42	48	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/44  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	6		Magnetic coils or windings
H01H  50/44  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/44	82	̥ܿ١ݥθϡ	Contactors (securing base 50/04 A)
H01H  50/44  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	152	ץ󥸥̣äͥ	Plunger types (C takes precedence.)
H01H  50/44  C	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	139	Ӥü	Windings and terminals thereof
H01H  50/44  D	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	89	ѹ٤μʤ̴֡ڴǻҤղϤѲΤϣΡϣƣƤϣȴϢ	Means or arrangements for modifying characteristics (related to 50/40 if switching windings, adding elements, or energising or energising by sensing changes in magnetic forces is involved)
H01H  50/44  G	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/44	23	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/44  H	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	155	ݥɷ	Reed types
H01H  50/44  J	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/44	203	ǰʳżŴ̥١ݥθϣΡ	Solenoid relays excluding A or G (securing base 50/04 N)
H01H  50/44  K	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	68	ݥɥХѴȡͭ˷	Formers for magnetic reed spring strips (polarised types)
H01H  50/44  L	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	112		Windings
H01H  50/44  M	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/44	233	ü	Terminals
H01H  50/44  N	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	158	ѹ٤μʤ֡ǻҤղϤѲΤϣΡϣƣƤϣȴϢ	Means or arrangements for modifying characteristics (related to 50/40 if adding elements or energising by sensing changes in magnetic forces is involved)
H01H  50/44  P	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	236	ȤȼϩʤȤη̣ͤȴϢ	Combinations of formers and magnetic circuit components (related to 50/36 M)
H01H  50/44  Q	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/44	46	ޥ楢λٻ̥ҥ󥸷ǥХͤˤٻϣ١¤ȴϢ	Supporting armatures (related to 50/24 Y, 50/26 B if supported by spring with hinge type)
H01H  50/44  R	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/44	127	ȤǤ֤λٻ̣ĤȴϢ	Supporting contact arrangements in formers (related to 50/58 D)
H01H  50/44  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/44	108	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/46  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/46	198	û줿Ƴť꡼֡ƳӤޤƳű	Short-circuited conducting sleeves, bands, or discs
H01H  50/54  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	26		Contact arrangements
H01H  50/54  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/54	277	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/54  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	821	ץ󥸥ʥݥѥޥͥĥȥĥ	Plunger types (magnet switches for starters)
H01H  50/54  C	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	234	̼֡դäȴϢ	Auxiliary contact arrangements (related to 50/04 C if mounting is involved)
H01H  50/54  D	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	563	ưܿҤߡ̲ưȡХμʡ	Laying out linking movable contactors (means such as moving frames, springs)
H01H  50/54  E	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	306	ưܿҡüҤȤδϢá	Bridging moving contact shoes (related to terminals 50/14 C)
H01H  50/54  G	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	56	ưȤΰ⡤ٻ̣ؤȴϢ	Guiding or supporting moving frames (related to 50/14 C)
H01H  50/54  K	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/54	100	饹	Sealed in glass tube
H01H  50/54  L	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	124		Mercury relays
H01H  50/54  M	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	139	ݥɥ	Reed relays
H01H  50/54  N	1	2	5G036	H01H  50/54	169	̺ܿ	Contacts (materials, compositions)
H01H  50/54  R	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/54	475	˰ʳżŴ˴Ϣ١ݥݥι	Solenoid relays excluding A or K (Structures of bases or cases related to contacts)
H01H  50/54  S	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	340	̺ܿ	Contacts (materials, compositions)
H01H  50/54  T	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/54	133	ݥɥХҰʳμʤˤ볰üҴֹ	Structures between external terminals by using means other than reed spring strips
H01H  50/54  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/54	33	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/56  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/56	5	ץ󥰥å	Contact spring sets
H01H  50/56  A	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/56	102	ݥɥХҡ̣Ǥͥ	Contact reed spring strips (G takes precedence.)
H01H  50/56  B	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/56	426		Compositions, profiles, structures
H01H  50/56  C	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/56	181	лҡ̥ĥ	Twin contacts
H01H  50/56  D	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/56	223	Ŭߡ̥쥤ȡ͡Ŭ硤ɸಽ̣ԤȴϢ	Optimum layout or combination, or standardisation (related to 50/14 T)
H01H  50/56  G	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/56	442	ưΤˤự֡ͣ£¡磻ԥݥɼΤϡŤȴϢ	Motion forms by drivers (cards per se such s MBB or wiping are related to 50/64 E)
H01H  50/56  K	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/56	238	֥ĥ̷֡	Contact block arrangements (profiles, layouts)
H01H  50/56  N	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/56	88	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/56  P	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/56	117	ݥɥХҷ	Magnetic reed spring strip types
H01H  50/56  Q	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/56	123	ٻͭοʿưХ󥹲žư	Horizontally driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/56  R	2	1	5G036	H01H  50/56	170	ٻͭΥݥưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  50/56  Z	2	0	5G036	H01H  50/56	5	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/58  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/58	4	¤Ū˷礵줿ư֡ޥ奢ؤζư֤μդ	Driving arrangements structurally associated therewith; Mounting of driving arrangement on armature
H01H  50/58  A	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/58	146	֥ĥ֤μաֿޡ	Mounting of block arrangements [figure]
H01H  50/58  D	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/58	110	ץ󥰥ĥȤˤưŴҤľٻ̣šȴϢֿ͡ޡ	Direct elastic supporting of moving cores using spring sets (related to 50/24 E, 50/) [figure]
H01H  50/58  G	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/58	91	ץ󥰥ĥȤ˹𤷤աֿޡ	Addition of elastic members to spring sets [figure]
H01H  50/58  Z	3	0	5G036	H01H  50/58	15	¾ΤΡ̥ݥޥ楢ؤμհ̡	Others (mounting to armatures in general)
H01H  50/60  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/60	26	ϩβưʬ˸夵줿ư	moving contact being rigidly combined with movable part of magnetic circuit
H01H  50/62  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/62	6	ʬΥŵŪưʤˤưʣζƱưư	Co-operating movable contacts operated by separate electrical actuating means
H01H  50/64  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/64	6	ϩβưʬȤδ֤ζư֡ʹ¤Ūȷ礷ץ󥰥åȣȣȣ	Driving arrangements between movable part of magnetic circuit and contact (structurally associated with contact spring sets H01H 50/58)
H01H  50/64  A	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/64	167	ܿ	Contactors
H01H  50/64  B	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/64	176	ȿžϢ뼴ֿޡ	Reversed connecting shaft types [figure]
H01H  50/64  E	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/64	536	ʳżẈ̂ǤȴϢ	Solenoid relays excluding A (related to 50/56 G)
H01H  50/64  F	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/64	118	ʿͥݥɥեȥշ	Flat (thin) card lift off types
H01H  50/64  G	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/64	222	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  50/64  Z	1	0	5G036	H01H  50/64	44	¾Τ	Others
H01H  50/66  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/66	4	ư	with lost motion
H01H  50/68  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/68	61	ʥåư򤹤	with snap action
H01H  50/70  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/70	8	ޥ奢ưִŪư	operating contact momentarily during stroke of armature
H01H  50/72  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/72	30	ѤΤ	for mercury contact
H01H  50/74  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/74	5	ưν˾μư뤿μʡ㡥³ѤΤ	Mechanical means for producing a desired natural frequency of operation of the contacts, e.g. for self-interrupter
H01H  50/76  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/76	1	꡼ɤޤʿФͤѤ	using reed or blade spring
H01H  50/78  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/78	3	եѤΡ˿ư뿭ĥޤϥܥѤ	using diaphragm; using stretched wire or ribbon vibrating sideways
H01H  50/80  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/80	0	Ǳžưࡤ㡥ҡѤ	using torsionally vibrating member, e.g. wire, strip
H01H  50/82  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/82	0	٥ץ󥰷μٴѤ	using spring-loaded pivoted inertia member
H01H  50/84  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/84	0	ưޤϥ᡼Х֥졼Ĵ뤿μʤĤ	with means for adjustment of frequency or of make-to-break ratio
H01H  50/86  \	1	1	5G036	H01H  50/86	117	åưγϤγ뤤Ȥδ֤ˤ餫줿ٱ֤뤿μʡʲϩûƳť꡼֡Ӥޤģȣȣٱ뤿βϩ֣ȣȣ	Means for introducing a predetermined time delay between the initiation of the switching operation and the opening or closing of the contacts (circuit arrangements for introducing delay H01H 47/18; short-circuited conducting sleeves, bands, or discs H01H 50/46)
H01H  50/88  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/88	504	Ūʡ㡥åݥå	Mechanical means, e.g. dash-pot
H01H  50/90  \	3	3	5G036	H01H  50/90	1	ξưͭٱ	the delay being effective in both directions of operation
H01H  50/92  \	2	2	5G036	H01H  50/92	9	ǮŪʡŵŪǮưŴͭΤΣȣȣ	Thermal means (inherent in electrothermal relays H01H 61/00)
H01H  51/00  \	0	0	5G037	H01H  51/00	165	żŴưŸ̤ѤŴȣȣ	Electromagnetic relays (relays using the dynamo-electric effect H01H 53/00)
H01H  51/01  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/01	79	ޥ奢ʵ׼ФˤäƣĤΰ֤ݻ졤ռͶ륳ˤäƲŴΣ	Relays in which the armature is maintained in one position by a permanent magnet and freed by energisation of a coil producing an opposing magnetic field [3]
H01H  51/02  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/02	24	ΤʤŴʣȣȣͥˡΣ	Non-polarised relays (H01H 51/01 takes precedence) [3]
H01H  51/04  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/04	57	ĤΥޥ奢ĤΡ췲Ȥʤäޥ奢ΣåȤĤ	with single armature; with single set of ganged armatures
H01H  51/06  \	3	3	5G037	H01H  51/06	12	ޥ奢ĤŻߤθִ֤ǲưǤꡤżФˤư졤żФ줿裱ư֤Ѥ줿ȤХХ͡ʵ׼СϤΥͥ륮ˤä줻	Armature is movable between two limit positions of rest and is moved in one direction due to energisation of an electromagnet and after the electromagnet is de-energised is returned by energy stored during the movement in the first direction, e.g. by using a spring, by using a permanent magnet, by gravity
H01H  51/06  A	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	104	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/06  H	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	61	ޥ楢ˤ	Armatures accommodated coil
H01H  51/06  J	3	2	5G037	H01H  51/06	125	żܿ	Solenoid contactors
H01H  51/06  K	3	3	5G037	H01H  51/06	144	ץ󥸥ʲ˥ݥѥޥͥĥȥĥ	Magnet switches for plunger type (explanatory notes) starters
H01H  51/06  L	3	3	5G037	H01H  51/06	36	ȿžϢ뼴	Reversed connecting shaft types
H01H  51/06  M	3	2	5G037	H01H  51/06	8	а	Bi-stable types
H01H  51/06  N	3	2	5G037	H01H  51/06	6	ޥ楢ľ˰ư	Armatures moving perpendicularly in coil
H01H  51/06  P	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	54	ޥ楢볰ˤ	Armatures located outside coil
H01H  51/06  B	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	49	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/06  Q	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	51	ޥ楢ư	Armatures oscillating in coil
H01H  51/06  R	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	82	ޥ楢볰ư	Armatures oscillating outside coil
H01H  51/06  S	3	2	5G037	H01H  51/06	35	ݥݶưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillation types
H01H  51/06  C	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	32	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/06  T	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	26	ݥҤˤ	Reed strips located in coil
H01H  51/06  U	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/06	43	ݥҤγˤ	Reed strip located outside coil
H01H  51/06  D	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	885	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/06  E	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	38	γվΤ	Spherical, granular, liquids
H01H  51/06  Z	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/06	6	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/08  \	4	4	5G037	H01H  51/08	5	żФϢ³֤ˤߤ˳Ĥ㡥åȤλѤˤ	Contacts alternately opened and closed by successive cycles of energisation and de-energisation of the electromagnet, e.g. by use of a ratchet
H01H  51/08  A	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/08	28	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/08  H	4	1	5G037	H01H  51/08	17	Ѥ	Using cams
H01H  51/08  B	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/08	6	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/08  C	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/08	0	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/08  D	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/08	75	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/08  J	4	1	5G037	H01H  51/08	26	Ѥ	Using cams
H01H  51/08  K	4	1	5G037	H01H  51/08	93	ĥȤѤ	Using ratchets
H01H  51/08  Z	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/08	13	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/10  \	4	4	5G037	H01H  51/10	6	żФˤ椵뵡ŪåˤäƳ뤤Ĥݻ	Contacts retained open or closed by a mechanical latch which is controlled by an electromagnet
H01H  51/10  A	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/10	64	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/10  B	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/10	19	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/10  C	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/10	2	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/10  D	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/10	100	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/10  Z	4	0	5G037	H01H  51/10	25	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/12  \	3	3	5G037	H01H  51/12	2	ޥ奢ĤŻߤθִ֤ưư뤿Υͥ륮Ѥ뤳ȤʤĤżФΰޤ¾ˤξ˰ư	Armature is movable between two limit positions of rest and is moved in both directions due to the energisation of one or the other of two electromagnets without the storage of energy to effect the return movement
H01H  51/12  A	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/12	110	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/12  B	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/12	114	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/12  H	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/12	22	ޥ楢üȤƲžư	Armatures rotating or oscillating around its end being as pivot
H01H  51/12  J	3	1	5G037	H01H  51/12	68	ޥ楢ȤƲžư	Armatures rotating or oscillating around an intermediary point on it being as pivot
H01H  51/12  C	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/12	5	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/12  D	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/12	46	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/12  Z	3	0	5G037	H01H  51/12	13	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/14  \	4	4	5G037	H01H  51/14	8	Żߤ֤Τʤ	without intermediate neutral position of rest
H01H  51/16  \	4	4	5G037	H01H  51/16	2	Żߤ֤Ĥ	with intermediate neutral position of rest
H01H  51/18  \	3	3	5G037	H01H  51/18	1	ޥ奢̵¤οޤǲžǤ	Armature is rotatable through an unlimited number of revolutions
H01H  51/20  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/20	6	ʾΩޥ奢Ĥ	with two or more independent armatures
H01H  51/20  A	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	171	ľưηŴθ߾˴ؤ	Related to interlocking linear motion relays
H01H  51/20  B	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	26	žưηŴθ߾˴ؤ	Related to interlocking rotary or oscillating relays
H01H  51/20  C	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	3	ݥҷηŴθ߾˴ؤ	Related to interlocking reed strip relays
H01H  51/20  D	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	67	ҥ󥸷ηŴθ߾˴ؤ	Related to interlocking hinge relays
H01H  51/20  E	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	30	¾ηηŴθ߾˴ؤ	Related to interlocking other relays
H01H  51/20  F	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	97	¿	Multi-contact relays
H01H  51/20  Z	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/20	115	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/22  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	19	ͭ˷Ŵ	Polarised relays
H01H  51/22  A	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/22	49	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/22  H	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	40	ޥ楢ưΡ¦	Armatures sliding in coil (single contact)
H01H  51/22  J	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	25	ޥ楢ưΡξ¦	Armatures sliding in coil (Double contacts)
H01H  51/22  K	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	11	ޥ楢ľ˰ư	Armatures vertically moving in coil
H01H  51/22  L	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	21	ưγˤ	Moving parts located outside coil
H01H  51/22  M	1	2	5G037	H01H  51/22	66	ݥɷ	Card types
H01H  51/22  B	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/22	233	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/22  N	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	141	ޥ楢ˤ	Armatures located in coil
H01H  51/22  P	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	117	ޥ楢볰ˤ	Armatures located outside coil
H01H  51/22  Q	1	2	5G037	H01H  51/22	211	ʿưХ󥹲žư	Horizontally driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  51/22  R	1	2	5G037	H01H  51/22	162	ݥݶưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  51/22  C	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/22	143	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/22  S	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	61	ݥγ˲ߤƤ	Yokes placed circularly outside coil
H01H  51/22  T	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/22	180	ݥ򥳥Ĺ¦ߤƤ	Yokes located on side surface along lateral direction of coil
H01H  51/22  D	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/22	29	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/22  Z	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/22	65	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/24  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/24	34	Żߤ֤Τʤ	without intermediate neutral position of rest
H01H  51/24  A	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/24	219	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/24  H	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	102	ޥ楢ưΡ¦	Armatures sliding in coil (single contact)
H01H  51/24  J	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	45	ޥ楢ưΡξ¦	Armatures sliding in coil (Double contacts)
H01H  51/24  K	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	8	ޥ楢ľ˰ư	Armatures vertically moving in coil
H01H  51/24  L	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	58	ưγˤ	Moving parts located outside coil
H01H  51/24  M	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/24	51	ݥɷ	Card types
H01H  51/24  B	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/24	195	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/24  N	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	96	ޥ楢ˤ	Armatures located in coil
H01H  51/24  P	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	180	ޥ楢볰ˤ	Armatures located outside coil
H01H  51/24  Q	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/24	94	ʿưХ󥹲žư	Horizontally driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  51/24  R	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/24	333	ݥݶưХ󥹲žư	Seesaw driven balanced rotary oscillating type with pivot
H01H  51/24  C	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/24	42	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/24  S	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	16	ݥγ˲ߤƤ	Yokes provided around outside the coil
H01H  51/24  T	2	1	5G037	H01H  51/24	52	ݥ򥳥Ĺ¦ߤƤ	Yokes located on side surface along lateral direction of coil
H01H  51/24  D	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/24	224	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/24  Z	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/24	23	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/26  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/26	8	Żߤ֤Ĥ	with intermediate neutral position of rest
H01H  51/26  A	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/26	20	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/26  B	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/26	45	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/26  C	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/26	16	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/26  D	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/26	1	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/26  Z	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/26	1	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/27  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/27	42	ĤμŪ֤ͭξ֤¾ξ֤غư륢ޥ奢äŴ	Relays with armature having two stable magnetic states and operated by change from one state to the other
H01H  51/28  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/28	38	ưؤ¦ߤƤ̩ȢΤ˥ޥ奢ξŴ㡥꡼եץ󥰤ޤϥ꡼ɤˤٻʣȣȣͥ	Relays having both armature and contacts within a sealed casing outside which the operating coil is located, e.g. contact carried by a magnetic leaf spring or reed (H01H 51/27 takes precedence)
H01H  51/28  A	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	561	ФΥݥҷΤΡֿޡ	A pair of reed strips [figure]
H01H  51/28  B	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/28	171	ФΥݥҷΤΤʣȹ礻ֿޡ	Multiple combinations of  pair lead strips [figure]
H01H  51/28  C	1	2	5G037	H01H  51/28	55	ФΥݥҷΤΤ¿ߤΡ㡥ޥȥꥯ	A pair of reed strips or multiple reeds arranged in parallel e.g. matrix types
H01H  51/28  D	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	34	ڴݥҷΤΡֿޡ	Switching reed strip types [figure]
H01H  51/28  E	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	32	ưΤͭΡֿޡ	With reciprocating motion objects [figure]
H01H  51/28  F	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	93	¿ΤΡֿޡ	With multiple contacts sealed [figure]
H01H  51/28  G	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	49	Τ	With mercury sealed
H01H  51/28  H	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/28	47	ݡưΡ	Mercury relays (oscillating types)
H01H  51/28  J	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/28	9	ݡʣΥݥҤĤΡ	Mercury relays (with two reed strips)
H01H  51/28  K	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/28	41	ץ󥸥	Plunger injecting types
H01H  51/28  Z	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/28	113	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/29  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/29	56	ߤȢˡޥ奢ӺưؤäŴ	Relays having armature, contacts, and operating coil within a sealed casing (H01H 51/27 takes precedence)
H01H  51/29  A	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/29	32	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/29  B	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/29	20	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/29  H	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/29	23	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  51/29  C	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/29	59	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/29  J	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/29	31	ͭ˷	Polarised types
H01H  51/29  D	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/29	71	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/29  Z	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/29	159	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/30  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/30	9	ήήˤư뤿äŬ	specially adapted for actuation by ac
H01H  51/30  A	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/30	11	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/30  B	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/30	33	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/30  C	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/30	6	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/30  D	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/30	153	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/30  Z	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/30	16	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/32  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/32	0	ȿŴŪŴ	Frequency relays; Mechanically-tuned relays
H01H  51/32  A	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/32	3	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/32  B	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/32	4	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/32  C	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/32	60	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/32  D	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/32	29	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/32  Z	2	0	5G037	H01H  51/32	54	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/34  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  51/34	0	ʼǴʤŪˤޤ̤η֤ǳĤ򤹤	Self-interrupters, i.e. with periodic or other repetitive opening and closing of contacts
H01H  51/34  A	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/34	41	ľưΤ	Linear motion types
H01H  51/34  B	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/34	18	žưΤ	Rotary or oscillating types
H01H  51/34  C	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/34	1	ݥҷΤ	Reed strip types
H01H  51/34  D	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/34	28	ҥ󥸷Τ	Hinge types
H01H  51/34  Z	1	0	5G037	H01H  51/34	38	¾Τ	Others
H01H  51/36  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  51/36	1	᡼Х֥졼椬ˤ륻åƥ󥰤ޤήζˤѤ	wherein the make-to-break ratio is varied by hand setting or current strength
H01H  53/00  \	0	0	5G037	H01H  53/00	38	ưŸ̤ѤŴʤƳΤήήȼߺѤˤбưˤäƳĤͭŴ	Relays using the dynamo-electric effect, i.e. relays in which contacts are opened or closed due to relative movement of current-carrying conductor and magnetic field caused by force of interaction between them
H01H  53/01  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/01	3		Details
H01H  53/015  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  53/015	268	ưءȴϢư	Moving coils; Contact-driving arrangements associated therewith
H01H  53/02  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/02	4	ήϷ׷ŴʤĤήήƤƳδ֤ߺѤˤŴ	Electrodynamic relays, i.e. relays in which the interaction is between two current-carrying conductors
H01H  53/04  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  53/04	1	եʥߥåŴʤʬ˽椷ƤŴ	Ferrodynamic relays, i.e. relays in which the magnetic field is concentrated in ferromagnetic parts
H01H  53/06  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/06	29	ưŴʤʵ׼ФˤȯŴ	Magnetodynamic relays, i.e. relays in which the magnetic field is produced by a permanent magnet
H01H  53/08  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/08	4	ή̤ƳΤ	wherein a mercury contact constitutes the current-carrying conductor
H01H  53/10  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/10	483	ͶƳŴʤȤˤƳΤͶήȤδ֤ߺѤΤŴ	Induction relays, i.e. relays in which the interaction is between a magnetic field and current induced thereby in a conductor
H01H  53/12  \	2	2	5G037	H01H  53/12	1	եꥹŴ	Ferraris relays
H01H  53/14  \	1	1	5G037	H01H  53/14	0	ήΰã֤𤷤ưˤä㡥ưưݥפѤ	Contacts actuated by an electric motor through fluid-pressure transmission, e.g. using a motor-driven pump
H01H  55/00  \	0	0	5G037	H01H  55/00	35	襤Ŵ	Magnetostrictive relays
H01H  57/00  \	0	0	5G037	H01H  57/00	22	Ť襤ŴŷŴ	Electrostrictive relays; Piezo-electric relays
H01H  57/00  A	0	0	5G037	H01H  57/00	354	һΤ	Cantilever types
H01H  57/00  B	0	1	5G037	H01H  57/00	95	ʣһ	Consisting of multiple cantilevers
H01H  57/00  C	0	0	5G037	H01H  57/00	108	ξΤ	Supported on both ends
H01H  57/00  D	0	0	5G037	H01H  57/00	76	ťݶưϩ	Circuits for driving or operating piezo electric relays
H01H  57/00  Z	0	0	5G037	H01H  57/00	133	¾Τ	Others
H01H  59/00  \	0	0	5G037	H01H  59/00	749	ŷŴŵŴ	Electrostatic relays; Electro-adhesion relays
H01H  61/00  \	0	0	5G029	H01H  61/00	11	ŵŪǮưŴŵŪϤˤäʤǮưåŵŪϤäưǮưåȣȣǮȣȣ	Electrothermal relays (thermal switches not operated by electrical input, thermal switches with anticipating electrical input H01H 37/00; thermally-sensitive members H01H 37/32)
H01H  61/00  A	0	0	5G029	H01H  61/00	84	Ǯưޡ	Thermally driven times
H01H  61/00  B	0	0	5G029	H01H  61/00	0	Ūͭ	With specific purposes
H01H  61/00  C	0	1	5G029	H01H  61/00	75	ưħͭ	Characterised by operating characteristics
H01H  61/00  D	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	107	Ǯ	Thermal responsiveness
H01H  61/00  E	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	402	߳ꡢ	Smoothness, stability
H01H  61/00  F	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	239	ưꡢٱ	Setting operation values or delay time
H01H  61/00  G	0	3	5G029	H01H  61/00	230	ưήͤĴ	Adjusting operating currents
H01H  61/00  H	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	123	ݸ	Single-phase protection
H01H  61/00  J	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	84	ưɻ	Preventing malfunctions
H01H  61/00  K	0	3	5G029	H01H  61/00	150	ϲ٤	Compensating ambient temperatures
H01H  61/00  L	0	4	5G029	H01H  61/00	125	Х᥿	Temperature compensating bimetals
H01H  61/00  M	0	3	5G029	H01H  61/00	102	ư	Compensating vibrations
H01H  61/00  N	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	77	θ	Improving operability
H01H  61/00  P	0	1	5G029	H01H  61/00	153	ѵθħͭ	Characterised by Improvements in durability
H01H  61/00  Q	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	117	ǮǮǮ	Heat resistance, means for dissipating or insulating heat
H01H  61/00  R	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	22		Insulation
H01H  61/00  S	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	61	ѿưѾ׷	Measures for vibration or shocks
H01H  61/00  T	0	1	5G029	H01H  61/00	451	̡ǲħͭ	Characterised by compact size, lightweight, simplification
H01H  61/00  U	0	1	5G029	H01H  61/00	430	Ω	Assembling or mounting
H01H  61/00  V	0	1	5G029	H01H  61/00	185	ưγǧɽ	Means for checking, indicating or warning motions
H01H  61/00  W	0	2	5G029	H01H  61/00	14	ɽ	Indicating missing phase
H01H  61/00  Z	0	0	5G029	H01H  61/00	324	¾Τ	Others
H01H  61/01  \	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	4		Details
H01H  61/01  A	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	237		Contact mechanisms
H01H  61/01  B	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	418	ήĴᡤ	Mechanisms for adjusting or resetting current
H01H  61/01  G	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	225	ܿҤȿž	Mechanisms for reversing contact shoes
H01H  61/01  H	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	68	ʣ򰷤Τ	For handling multiple contacts
H01H  61/01  C	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	143	ư	Drivers
H01H  61/01  D	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	112	Х᥿	Bimetals
H01H  61/01  E	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	34	ư	Operating plates
H01H  61/01  J	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	144	Ϣư	Interlocked plates
H01H  61/01  K	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	74	ݸ	For single phase protection
H01H  61/01  L	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	2	ħͭ	Characterised by resetting mechanisms
H01H  61/01  M	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	109	ΤѤ	Using resetting objects
H01H  61/01  N	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	82	ưݼư	Switching between automatic and manual resetting
H01H  61/01  P	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	13	ݥȹ碌	Combinations of releases
H01H  61/01  Q	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/01	37	ưĥѤ	Also acting as operation check rod
H01H  61/01  R	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	31	ΤѤʤ	Not using resetting objects
H01H  61/01  F	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	174	ȢΡݥʥСݤޤ	Boxes, cases (including covers)
H01H  61/01  S	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	22	ݸС	Protection covers
H01H  61/01  T	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	44	¾εȤηθ	Considering combinations with other arrangements
H01H  61/01  U	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	16	ͭ	With ventilating holes
H01H  61/01  V	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/01	26	ݥκ	Case materials
H01H  61/01  W	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	161	°	Accessories
H01H  61/01  Z	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/01	70	¾Τ	Others
H01H  61/013  \	2	2	5G029	H01H  61/013	568	Ŵư뤿βǮ	Heating arrangements for operating relays
H01H  61/017  \	3	3	5G029	H01H  61/017	53	ꤵ줿֤ˤ륰ŤޤϥˤǮ	Heating by glow discharge or arc in confined space
H01H  61/02  \	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/02	281	ǮबŪ˲ǮΡ㡥񹳤ˤǮͶƳˤǮ	wherein the thermally-sensitive member is heated indirectly, e.g. resistively, inductively
H01H  61/02  C	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/02	2	Ǯ	Heat sensing members
H01H  61/02  D	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/02	369	Х᥿	Bimetals
H01H  61/02  E	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/02	31	׾Х᥿	Disk bimetals
H01H  61/02  F	1	2	5G029	H01H  61/02	191	Х᥿ݻꡢ³	Supported, secured or connected portions of bimetals
H01H  61/02  Z	1	0	5G029	H01H  61/02	81	¾Τ	Others
H01H  61/04  \	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/04	136	ǮबľŪˤΤ߲Ǯ	wherein the thermally-sensitive member is only heated directly
H01H  61/06  \	1	1	5G029	H01H  61/06	387	³ʤŪˤޤ̤η֤Ĥ	Self-interrupters, i.e. with periodic or other repetitive opening and closing of contacts
H01H  61/08  \	2	2	5G029	H01H  61/08	60	᡼Х֥졼椬ǥåƥ󥰤ޤήζˤѤ	wherein the make-to-break ratio is varied by hand setting or current strength
H01H  63/00  \	0	0	5G033	H01H  63/00	108	ŵŪ륻쥯åκ	Details of electrically-operated selector switches
H01H  63/02  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  63/02	83	磻ѡФ³	Contacts; Wipers; Connections thereto
H01H  63/04  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/04	2	ϩޤ磻ѡΤΰֻؼ	Contact-making or contact-breaking wipers; Position indicators therefor
H01H  63/06  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/06	21	Х	Contact banks
H01H  63/08  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/08	0	Τ	cylindrical
H01H  63/10  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/10	4	ʿ̾Τ	plane
H01H  63/12  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/12	21	Х󥯤Фʣ³㡥ܥ󥱡֥Ѥ	Multiplying connections to contact banks, e.g. using ribbon cables
H01H  63/14  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/14	0	Ϥդ̵Τ	without soldering
H01H  63/16  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  63/16	84	¿֥磻Ѷư	Driving arrangements for multi-position wipers
H01H  63/18  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/18	6	쥯֤˥磻Ѥư	with step-by-step motion of wiper to a selector position
H01H  63/20  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/20	75	ʼФȥåȤѤ	using stepping magnet and ratchet
H01H  63/22  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/22	1	å̵żư֤ͭΡ㡥³ư	using step-by-step electromagnetic drive without ratchet, e.g. self-interrupting driving magnet
H01H  63/24  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/24	3	򤵤줿֤ãޤǥ磻ѤϢ³ưԤʤ	with continuous motion of wiper until a selected position is reached
H01H  63/26  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/26	1	İʾΥ쥯å̼ߤ졤줾줬åư֤Ĥ	with an individual clutch-drive from a shaft common to more than one selector switch
H01H  63/28  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/28	5	ƥ쥯åѤθġưĤ	with an individual motor for each selector switch
H01H  63/30  \	4	4	5G033	H01H  63/30	1	֤إ磻Ѥưζ⡼Ĥ	Pneumatic motor for moving wiper to selected position
H01H  63/32  \	4	4	5G033	H01H  63/32	0	֤إ磻ѤưΥץ󥰥⡼Ĥ	Spring motor for moving wiper to selected position
H01H  63/33  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  63/33	150	ǷŴ⤿ʤɸ쥯åεκ	Constructional details of co-ordinate-type selector switches not having relays at cross-points
H01H  63/34  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  63/34	54	桨ȢΡСդʤߤθ֤ͭ뤢뤤ͭʤ쥯դ뤿βȣѣˡ쥯åΥҥ塼μդ	Bases; Cases; Covers; Mountings (racks for mounting selectors with or without other exchange equipment H04Q 1/04); Mounting of fuses on selector switch
H01H  63/36  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  63/36	17	쥯åΤʤޤϽ˾μ¤ˤġüӤˤѤʤϩ	Circuit arrangements for ensuring correct or desired operation and not adapted to a particular application of the selector switch
H01H  63/38  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/38	8	¿֥磻ѥåѤΤ	for multi-position wiper switches
H01H  63/40  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  63/40	50	磻̵¿֥åѤΤ	for multi-position switches without wipers
H01H  63/42  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  63/42	9	˷Ŵ⤿ʤɸ쥯åѤΤ	for co-ordinate-type selector switches not having relays at cross-points
H01H  65/00  \	0	0	5G033	H01H  65/00	35	쥯åޤϤʤ¤äŬ֤뤤ˡ	Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of selector switches or parts thereof
H01H  67/00  \	0	0	5G033	H01H  67/00	59	ŵŪ륻쥯å	Electrically-operated selector switches
H01H  67/02  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  67/02	33	¿֥磻ѥå	Multi-position wiper switches
H01H  67/04  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/04	0	ΤᣱˤΤ߲ưǤ磻ѤĤ	having wipers movable only in one direction for purpose of selection
H01H  67/06  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  67/06	126	žåʤŪ˲ưʥ磻ѤĤ	Rotary switches, i.e. having angularly movable wipers
H01H  67/08  \	4	4	5G033	H01H  67/08	0	磻Ĥ	with wiper selection
H01H  67/10  \	4	4	5G033	H01H  67/10	0	磻ѤƤΤΰ֤Ȥ	with coarse and fine positioning of wipers
H01H  67/12  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  67/12	0	ľưå	Linear-motion switches
H01H  67/14  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/14	0	򤹤뤿ߤ˿ľʣ˲ưǤ磻ѤĤ	having wipers movable in two mutually perpendicular directions for purpose of selection
H01H  67/16  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  67/16	51	αưϲžǤ¾αưϲžФʿԤǤΡ㡥ȥޤϾ徺žå	one motion being rotary and the other being parallel to the axis of rotation, e.g. Strowger or "up and around" switches
H01H  67/18  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  67/18	0	αưϲžǤ¾αưϲžФƿľǤΡ㡥žͷå	one motion being rotary and the other being perpendicular to the axis of rotation, e.g. "round and in" switches
H01H  67/20  \	3	3	5G033	H01H  67/20	0	ξαưľǤ	both motions being linear
H01H  67/22  \	1	1	5G033	H01H  67/22	86	¿֥磻̵Υå	Switches without multi-position wipers
H01H  67/24  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/24	47	ƸˤƸġżФͭɸŴ凉å	Co-ordinate-type relay switches having an individual electromagnet at each cross-point
H01H  67/26  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/26	116	ˤƷŴ⤿ʤŪư򤹤ɸ쥯å	Co-ordinate-type selector switches not having relays at cross-points but involving mechanical movement, e.g. cross-bar switch, code-bar switch
H01H  67/30  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/30	268	վФͤޤϥ꡼ɷľܺѤɸؤˤ뼧ͭɸ쥯å	Co-ordinate-type selector switches with field of co-ordinate coil acting directly upon magnetic leaf spring or reed-type contact member
H01H  67/32  \	2	2	5G033	H01H  67/32	2	ñؤˤ³Ūư¿߰¸Υޥ奢ͭΤӣĤ뤤¿ΥåȤ椹Ρ㡥׿Ŵ	having a multiplicity of interdependent armatures operated in succession by a single coil and each controlling one contact or set of contacts, e.g. counting relay
H01H  69/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  69/00	106	ݸ֤¤˴ؤ֤ޤˡ	Apparatus or processes for the manufacture of emergency protective devices
H01H  69/01  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  69/01	96	餫줿ﲼˤư뤿ᡤ֤γޤ˴ؤ	for calibrating or setting of devices to function under predetermined conditions
H01H  69/02  \	1	1	5G502	H01H  69/02	829	ҥ塼¤	Manufacture of fuses
H01H  71/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  71/00	108	ȣȣȣȣޤݸåޤݸŴκ	Details of the protective switches or relays covered by groups H01H 73/00-H01H 83/00
H01H  71/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/02	379	ϥ󥰡󥰡ġդ	Housings; Casings; Bases; Mountings
H01H  71/04  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/04	324	֤ξ֤ؼ	Means for indicating condition of the switching device
H01H  71/06  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/06	19	̥ޡ㡥顼	Distinguishing marks, e.g. colour coding
H01H  71/08  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/08	344	üҡ³	Terminals; Connections
H01H  71/10  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/10	275	ޤϼ	Operating or release mechanisms
H01H  71/12  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  71/12	547	ưĤ뤤Ϥ⤿ʤư	Automatic release mechanisms with or without manual release
H01H  71/14  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/14	198	Ǯŵ	Electrothermal mechanisms
H01H  71/16  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/16	213	Х᥿ǻҤĤ	with bimetal element
H01H  71/18  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/18	25	ĥåɡȥåפޤĤ	with expanding rod, strip, or wire
H01H  71/20  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/20	60	̤Ĥ	with fusible mass
H01H  71/22  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/22	19	ϲ٤ѲФĤ	with compensation for variation of ambient temperature
H01H  71/24  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/24	343	ż	Electromagnetic mechanisms
H01H  71/26  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/26	39	ȿФ˺ѤʣδĤ	with windings acting in opposition
H01H  71/28  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/28	43	ƱưʣδĤ	with windings acting in conjunction
H01H  71/30  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/30	73	ղŪûĤ	having additional short-circuited winding
H01H  71/32  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/32	115	ʵ׼Ĥ	having permanently magnetised part
H01H  71/34  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/34	9	̴ˤä椵룲ĤޤϡʾΥޥ奢Ĥ	having two or more armatures controlled by a common winding
H01H  71/36  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/36	5	ȿ	frequency selective
H01H  71/38  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/38	8	֤ȤƤưޥͥåȥ򤽤ˤĤ	wherein the magnet coil also acts as arc blow-out device
H01H  71/40  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/40	212	ǮŵżȤ礷	Combined electrothermal and electromagnetic mechanisms
H01H  71/42  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/42	19	ͶƳưͶƳήޤήϷ	Induction-motor, induced-current, or electrodynamic release mechanisms
H01H  71/43  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/43	132	ήϷ	Electrodynamic release mechanisms
H01H  71/44  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/44	102	ͽ줿ٱ֤뤿μʤͭΡûˤΣȣȣղä줿ޥ奢ˤΣȣȣ	having means for introducing a predetermined time delay (by short-circuited winding H01H 71/30; by additional armature H01H 71/34)
H01H  71/46  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/46	32	ղä줿뤿μʤͭ	having means for operating auxiliary contacts additional to the main contacts
H01H  71/48  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/48	18	Ĵμ塤ؤŵϤû뤿֤ͭΡ㡥Ǯݸ	with provision for short-circuiting the electrical input to the release mechanism after release of the switch, e.g. for protection of heating wire
H01H  71/50  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  71/50	44	ưꥻåȵ	Manual reset mechanisms
H01H  71/52  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/52	103	Сˤäư	actuated by lever
H01H  71/54  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/54	106	֥ˤäư	actuated by tumbler
H01H  71/56  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/56	10	žΥ֤ޤϲžؤˤäư	actuated by rotatable knob or wheel
H01H  71/58  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/58	128	աץΥ֤뤤ưˤäư	actuated by push-button, pull-knob, or slide
H01H  71/60  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/60	44	åĺˤäư	actuated by closure of switch casing
H01H  71/62  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/62	22	۾֤η³桤ꥻåȤɻߤ뤿μʤͭΡ㡥ϥɥ	with means for preventing resetting while abnormal condition persists, e.g. loose handle arrangement
H01H  71/64  \	4	4	5G030	H01H  71/64	14	ȥå뵡礷	incorporating toggle linkage
H01H  71/66  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  71/66	104	ưꥻåȵ	Power reset mechanisms
H01H  71/68  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/68	170	żФˤäư	actuated by electromagnet
H01H  71/70  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/70	142	⡼ˤäư	actuated by electric motor
H01H  71/72  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  71/72	11	¤줿ưŪư	actuated automatically a limited number of times
H01H  71/74  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  71/74	180	֤ݸưԤ֤Ĵ᤹	Means for adjusting the conditions under which the device will function to provide protection
H01H  73/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  73/00	170	ήˤơưꥻåȵˤꤢ餫Ѥ줿ϤμưФˤä򳫤ݸå	Protective overload circuit-breaking switches in which excess current opens the contacts by automatic release of mechanical energy stored by previous operation of a hand reset mechanism
H01H  73/00  A	0	0	5G030	H01H  73/00	155		Testing or inspecting arrangements
H01H  73/00  Z	0	0	5G030	H01H  73/00	307	¾	Others
H01H  73/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  73/02	45		Details
H01H  73/02  A	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/02	587	ϥɥ°	Arrangements with handles
H01H  73/02  B	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/02	516	üҡ°	Terminals, accessories
H01H  73/02  C	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/02	813	ܿ	Contact shoes
H01H  73/02  D	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/02	110	ļ	Handles
H01H  73/02  Z	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/02	200	¾	Others
H01H  73/04  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/04	241		Contacts
H01H  73/06  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/06	63	ϥ󥰡󥰡ġդ	Housings; Casings; Bases; Mountings
H01H  73/06  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/06	424		Mounting
H01H  73/06  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/06	684	ϥ	Housings
H01H  73/06  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/06	79	¾	Others
H01H  73/08  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  73/08	172	߷ϥ	Plug-in housings
H01H  73/10  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  73/10	47	ȥå¥ϥ󥰡㡥ͤߥϥ	Cartridge housings, e.g. screw-in housing
H01H  73/12  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/12	520	åξ֤ؼ뤿μ	Means for indicating condition of the switch
H01H  73/14  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  73/14	60	å˵Ū˹ΤƤؼ	Indicating lamp structurally associated with the switch
H01H  73/16  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/16	54	̥ޡ㡥顼	Distinguishing marks, e.g. colour coding
H01H  73/18  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/18	154	ǤޤΤμ	Means for extinguishing or suppressing arc
H01H  73/18  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/18	475	ݥۡݥ	Arc horns
H01H  73/18  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/18	747	°	Metallic members
H01H  73/18  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/18	380	ȿ	Pressure reflecting plates
H01H  73/18  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/18	934	¾	Others
H01H  73/20  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/20	56	üҡ³	Terminals; Connections
H01H  73/20  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/20	787	üҡ³	Terminals or connections
H01H  73/20  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/20	564	üҡ³°	Terminals or connection accessories
H01H  73/20  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/20	77	¾	Others
H01H  73/22  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  73/22	148	Ǯżͭ¾μưŪͭʤΡʥȥåȣȣ	having electrothermal release and no other automatic release (cartridge type H01H 73/62)
H01H  73/22  A	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/22	165	Ǯư	Thermally driven types in general
H01H  73/22  B	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/22	361	Х᥿	Releasing bimetals
H01H  73/22  Z	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/22	48	¾	Others
H01H  73/24  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/24	2	СˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by lever
H01H  73/24  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/24	174	ݥɥ	Cradle types
H01H  73/24  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/24	101	ľķ	Leaf contact plate types
H01H  73/24  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/24	237	ĤФķ	Leaf spring contact plate types
H01H  73/24  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/24	1	¾	Others
H01H  73/26  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/26	6	֥ˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by tumbler
H01H  73/26  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/26	142	ư	Rotary contact types
H01H  73/26  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/26	225	Х᥿벣ư	Horizontally moving bimetal types
H01H  73/26  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/26	34	¾	Others
H01H  73/28  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/28	0	žΥ֤ޤϲžؤˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by rotatable knob or wheel
H01H  73/28  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/28	39	ϥɥ롦󥯷	Handle or linkage types
H01H  73/28  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/28	29	¿󥯷	Multi-pivot linkage types
H01H  73/28  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/28	10	ü쥯ݥɥ	Special cradle types
H01H  73/28  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/28	2	¾	Others
H01H  73/30  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/30	138	աΥ֤뤤ưˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by push-button, pull-knob, or slide
H01H  73/32  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/32	63	åĺˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by closure of switch casing
H01H  73/34  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/34	1	ޤȯν֤ɬפȤꥻåư	reset action requiring replacement or reconditioning of a fusible or explosive part
H01H  73/36  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  73/36	193	żԤʤ¾μưŪԤʤʤΡʥȥåȣȣ	having electromagnetic release and no other automatic release (cartridge type H01H 73/64)
H01H  73/36  A	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	333	ż	Solenoid types in general
H01H  73/36  B	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	150	żз	Through solenoid types
H01H  73/36  C	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	141	ưżз	Push-motion solenoid types
H01H  73/36  D	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	297	ץ󥸥żз	Oil plunger solenoid types
H01H  73/36  E	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	248	ưżз	Rotary strip solenoid types
H01H  73/36  F	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	171	ץ󥸥żз	Plunger solenoid types
H01H  73/36  Z	1	0	5G030	H01H  73/36	182	¾	Others
H01H  73/38  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/38	4	СˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by lever
H01H  73/38  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/38	133	ľĤФķ	Leaf spring contact plate types
H01H  73/38  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/38	116	ݥĥ׾ķ	Tulip contact plate types
H01H  73/38  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/38	148	ưķ	Rotary contact plate types
H01H  73/38  D	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/38	96	̷	High-capacity types
H01H  73/38  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/38	92	¾	Others
H01H  73/40  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/40	3	֥ˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by tumbler
H01H  73/40  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/40	120	ѷݥɥ	Deformed cradle types
H01H  73/40  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/40	72	ܡ岼	Top and bottom opposing contacts type
H01H  73/40  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/40	75	岼ư	Vertically moving contacts
H01H  73/40  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/40	25	¾	Others
H01H  73/42  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/42	1	žΥ֤ޤϲžؤˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by rotatable knob or wheel
H01H  73/42  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/42	151	ĥ	Kicking or pulling out types
H01H  73/42  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/42	44	ʿư	Horizontally rotating pulling out types
H01H  73/42  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/42	1	¾	Others
H01H  73/44  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/44	144	աΥ֤뤤ưˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by push-button, pull-knob, or slide
H01H  73/46  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/46	24	åĺˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by closure of switch casing
H01H  73/48  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  73/48	539	ǮŤżưξͭΡʥȥåȣȣ	having both electrothermal and electromagnetic automatic release (cartridge type H01H 73/66)
H01H  73/50  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/50	9	СˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by lever
H01H  73/50  A	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	144	żз	Through solenoids
H01H  73/50  B	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	43	ưżз	Push-motion solenoids
H01H  73/50  C	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	44	ʿХ᥿	Horizontal bimetals
H01H  73/50  D	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	46	żз	Ejecting motion solenoids
H01H  73/50  E	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	99	ľζưżз	Solenoids driving plate objects
H01H  73/50  F	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	54	ХХ᥿	Inclined bimetals
H01H  73/50  G	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	17	Ǯżư	Electric heating or push motion solenoids
H01H  73/50  J	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	34	ưХ᥿롦żз	Horizontal motion bimetals or solenoids
H01H  73/50  K	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	15	ưХ᥿	Horizontal motion bimetals
H01H  73/50  L	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	5	ʾ	Inserted shielding plates
H01H  73/50  Z	2	0	5G030	H01H  73/50	24	¾	Others
H01H  73/52  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/52	9	֥ˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by tumbler
H01H  73/54  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/54	4	žΥ֤ޤϲžؤˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by rotatable knob or wheel
H01H  73/56  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/56	12	աΥ֤뤤ưˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by push-button, pull-knob, or slide
H01H  73/58  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/58	1	åĺˤäƥꥻåȤ	reset by closure of switch casing
H01H  73/60  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  73/60	1	ȥå㡥ͤߥȥå	cartridge type, e.g. screw-in cartridge
H01H  73/62  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/62	2	ǮżΤߤͭ	having only electrothermal release
H01H  73/64  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/64	1	żΤߤͭ	having only electromagnetic release
H01H  73/66  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  73/66	3	ǮżżξԤ礷	having combined electrothermal and electromagnetic release
H01H  75/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  75/00	149	ήˤơưϥꥻåȵˤꤢ餫Ѥ줿ϤμưФˤä򳫤ݸå	Protective overload circuit-breaking switches in which excess current opens the contacts by automatic release of mechanical energy stored by previous operation of power reset mechanism
H01H  75/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  75/02	93		Details
H01H  75/04  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  75/04	51	¤줿ưŪ˺ϩ뤿Υꥻåȵʲϩ֣ȣȣ	Reset mechanisms for automatically reclosing a limited number of times (circuit arrangements H02H 3/06)
H01H  75/06  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  75/06	48	κϩưԤʤ	effecting one reclosing action only
H01H  75/08  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  75/08	1	ǮżΤߤͭ	having only electrothermal release
H01H  75/10  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  75/10	30	żΤߤͭ	having only electromagnetic release
H01H  75/12  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  75/12	9	ǮżżξԤ礷	having combined electrothermal and electromagnetic release
H01H  77/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  77/00	36	ήˤ졤ꥻåȤñȤκưɬפȤݸåʣȣȣȣȣͥ	Protective overload circuit-breaking switches operated by excess current and requiring separate action for resetting (H01H 73/00, H01H 75/00 take precedence)
H01H  77/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  77/02	10	ήˤä뤿Υͥ륮뤵졤̤Υꥻåȵͭ	in which the excess current itself provides the energy for opening the contacts, and having a separate reset mechanism
H01H  77/04  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  77/04	3	Ǯżͭ	with electrothermal opening
H01H  77/06  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  77/06	99	żͭ	with electromagnetic opening
H01H  77/08  \	3	3	5G030	H01H  77/08	3	ʵ׼ޤˤäϩ졤ȿФ˺Ѥ봬ˤäƳ	retained closed by permanent or remanent magnetism and opened by windings acting in opposition
H01H  77/08  A	3	0	5G030	H01H  77/08	162	ʵ׼в	Releasing permanent magnets
H01H  77/08  B	3	0	5G030	H01H  77/08	172	żв	Releasing solenoids
H01H  77/08  Z	3	0	5G030	H01H  77/08	0	¾	Others
H01H  77/10  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  77/10	9	ήϼͭ	with electrodynamic opening
H01H  79/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  79/00	47	ήˤäĹݸå㡥ݸ֤û뤿Τ	Protective switches in which excess current causes the closing of contacts, e.g. for short-circuiting the apparatus to be protected
H01H  81/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  81/00	75	ĤƤ뤬ή֤³ƤֳĤ򤯤֤ݸå㡥ή	Protective switches in which contacts are normally closed but are repeatedly opened and reclosed as long as a condition causing excess current persists, e.g. for current limiting
H01H  81/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  81/02	153	ǮŪ	electrothermally-operated
H01H  81/04  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  81/04	94	żŪ	electromagnetically-operated
H01H  83/00  \	0	0	5G030	H01H  83/00	118	ήˤäƤΤߤǤʤ¾ΰ۾ŵ֤ˤݸå㡥ϩǥåݸŴ	Protective switches, e.g. circuit-breaking switches, or protective relays operated by abnormal electrical conditions otherwise than solely by excess current
H01H  83/02  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/02	125	ήˤäΡʣȣȣͥ	operated by earth fault currents (H01H 83/14 takes precedence)
H01H  83/02  A	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	29	ư	Rotating contacts
H01H  83/02  B	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	16	ܡ岼	Vertically opposing contacts
H01H  83/02  C	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	47	ĤФ	Leaf spring contacts
H01H  83/02  D	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	498	ȹ¤	Assembling structures
H01H  83/02  E	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	1012	ϩϢ	Related to circuits
H01H  83/02  F	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	422	ɽ	Indicating or alarms
H01H  83/02  G	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	178		Outlets
H01H  83/02  H	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	418	Х֥ĥ	Detecting blocks
H01H  83/02  Z	1	0	5G030	H01H  83/02	243	¾	Others
H01H  83/04  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  83/04	310	ư򤵤뤿ˡĴ濫뤤ϷŴǽϤؼ뤿ΥƥȼʤĤ	with testing means for indicating the ability of the switch or relay to function properly
H01H  83/06  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/06	11	ήͽͰʲ˹߲뤳Ȥˤä	operated by current falling below a predetermined value
H01H  83/08  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/08	59	ľήȿžˤä	operated by reversal of dc
H01H  83/10  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/10	65	ŰˤäΡ㡥ݸΤΤ	operated by excess voltage, e.g. for lightning protection
H01H  83/12  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/12	249	ŰͽͰʲ˹߲뤳ȤˤäΡ㡥̵ŰݸΤΤ	operated by voltage falling below a predetermined value, e.g. for no-volt protection
H01H  83/14  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/14	78	ʾήޤŰʿդˤäΡ㡥ưݸΤΤΡΣ	operated by imbalance of two or more currents or voltages, e.g. for differential protection [2006.01]
H01H  83/16  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/16	30	Űήΰ۾ˤäΡ㡥ΥŴ	operated by abnormal ratio of voltage and current, e.g. distance relay
H01H  83/18  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/18	20	Űήΰ۾ѡ뤤ϰѤˤäΡ㡥Ŵ	operated by abnormal product of, or abnormal phase angle between, voltage and current, e.g. directional relay
H01H  83/20  \	1	1	5G030	H01H  83/20	158	ήʤӤ¾ΰ۾ŵ֤ˤä	operated by excess current as well as by some other abnormal electrical condition
H01H  83/22  \	2	2	5G030	H01H  83/22	19	¾ΰ۾֤ʾŰޤήʿդǤΡΣ	the other condition being imbalance of two or more currents or voltages [2006.01]
H01H  85/00  \	0	0	5G502	H01H  85/00	517	ϺΰήήȤʤäϺѲˤήǤݸ֡ʲϺͻˤäƺư륹åȣȣ׾ˤҥ塼ޤ֣ȣ£	Protective devices in which the current flows through a part of fusible material and this current is interrupted by displacement of the fusible material when this current becomes excessive (switches actuated by melting of fusible material H01H 37/76; disposition or arrangement of fuses on boards H02B 1/18)
H01H  85/02  \	1	1	5G502	H01H  85/02	10		Details
H01H  85/02  C	1	0	5G502	H01H  85/02	399	ҥ塼æ뤿ι	Fuse removal and installation tools
H01H  85/02  S	1	0	5G502	H01H  85/02	1488	¾ʤޤ¾֤Ȥ߹碌ҥ塼ʥѡåդȤ߹碌ҥ塼	Fuses combined with other parts or other devices (fuses combined with spark-gap arrester 85/44)
H01H  85/02  Z	1	0	5G502	H01H  85/02	827	¾	Others
H01H  85/04  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/04	71	ҥ塼ʤݸ֤ξʬ㡥ȥå	Fuses, i.e. expendable parts of the protective device, e.g. cartridges
H01H  85/041  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/041	148	ħȤΡΣ	characterised by the type [5]
H01H  85/042  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/042	1375	ŰʤŬѤŰְʾΥҥ塼ΰŪޤϹ¤Σ	General constructions or structure of high voltage fuses, i.e. above 1,000 V [5]
H01H  85/044  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/044	274	ŰʤŬѤŰְʲΥҥ塼ޤŬѲǽŰꤵʤҥ塼ΰŪޤϹ¤ʣȣȣȣȣͥˡΣ	General constructions or structure of low voltage fuses, i.e. below 1,000 V, or of fuses where the applicable voltage is not specified (H01H 85/046-H01H 85/048 take precedence) [5]
H01H  85/0445  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/0445	296	®Ƿޤϴ˱ʣȣȣȣȣͥˡΣ	fast or slow type (H01H 85/045-H01H 85/048 take precedence) [5]
H01H  85/045  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/045	3	ȥåΣ	cartridge type [5]
H01H  85/045  A	5	0	5G502	H01H  85/045	492	󥰳Τ	Casing with square external form
H01H  85/045  B	5	1	5G502	H01H  85/045	384	󥰤ʣफʤ	Casing with plural materials
H01H  85/045  C	5	1	5G502	H01H  85/045	196	󥰤⡼ɤˤ	Casing by molding
H01H  85/045  D	5	0	5G502	H01H  85/045	1473	󥰳Τ	Casing with cylindrical external form
H01H  85/045  Z	5	0	5G502	H01H  85/045	30	¾	Others
H01H  85/046  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/046	501	ϩȤƷ줿ҥ塼Σ	Fuses formed as printed circuits [5]
H01H  85/047  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/047	96	ҥ塼Σ	Vacuum fuses [5]
H01H  85/048  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/048	191	ҥ塼񹳴Σ	Fuse resistors [5]
H01H  85/05  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/05	481	ʡΣ	Component parts thereof [5]
H01H  85/055  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/055	203	Σ	Fusible members [5]
H01H  85/06  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/06	1068	ϺħȤΡʣȣȣͥˡΣ	characterised by the fusible material (H01H 85/11 takes precedence) [5]
H01H  85/08  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/08	1267	ηħȤΡΣ	characterised by the shape or form of the fusible member [5]
H01H  85/10  \	6	6	5G502	H01H  85/10	714	ɽŪͻ뤿ΤӤĤΡʣȣȣͥˡΣ	with constriction for localised fusing (H01H 85/11 takes precedence) [5]
H01H  85/11  \	6	6	5G502	H01H  85/11	337	ͻ򤹤뤳Ȥǲμȶ°ʬŪղäΡ㡥ͥեȥǥХΣ	with applied local area of a metal which, on melting, forms a eutectic with the main material of the fusible member, i.e. M-effect devices [5]
H01H  85/12  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/12	925	¹Ԥߤ줿ʾβΣ	Two or more separate fusible members in parallel [5]
H01H  85/143  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/143	1092	üҡüҤؤμաΣ	Electrical contacts; Fastening fusible members to such contacts [5]
H01H  85/147  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/147	1021	¹üҤΡΣ	Parallel-side contacts [5]
H01H  85/15  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/15	44	ͤüҤΡΣ	Screw-in contacts [5]
H01H  85/153  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/153	1166	ʥտϾüҤΡΣ	Knife-blade-end contacts [5]
H01H  85/157  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/157	1197	ľüҤΡΣ	Ferrule-end contacts [5]
H01H  85/165  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/165	215	󥰡Σ	Casings [5]
H01H  85/17  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/17	896	󥰤κħȤΡΣ	characterised by the casing material [5]
H01H  85/175  \	5	5	5G502	H01H  85/175	1078	󥰤ηħȤΡΣ	characterised by the casing shape or form [5]
H01H  85/18  \	4	4	5G502	H01H  85/18	953	󥰤νƤޡ㡥ѥ	Casing fillings, e.g. powder
H01H  85/20  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/20	9	ҥ塼ٻ桨γʬ	Bases for supporting the fuse; Separate parts thereof
H01H  85/20  A	2	0	5G502	H01H  85/20	1715	κ	Details of base stand
H01H  85/20  B	2	1	5G502	H01H  85/20	1458	ΥСޤϥ	Cover or casing of base stand
H01H  85/20  C	2	1	5G502	H01H  85/20	530	μդ˴ؤ	Installation of base stand
H01H  85/20  D	2	1	5G502	H01H  85/20	2071	ߤ줿üҤޤƳ˴ؤ	Terminals or conductive parts provided on base stand
H01H  85/20  Z	2	0	5G502	H01H  85/20	145	¾	Others
H01H  85/22  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/22	1305	ޤϸꤵ줿ۥȶ˥ҥ塼ٻĻޤݻʬޤʬǤäơҥ塼򴹤뤿ˤʬҥ塼곰ȤΤǤ	Intermediate or auxiliary parts for carrying, holding, or retaining fuse, co-operating with base or fixed holder, and removable therefrom for renewing the fuse
H01H  85/24  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/24	150	ҥ塼θɻߤ뤿μ	Means for preventing insertion of incorrect fuse
H01H  85/25  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/25	410	ƳȤܿɻߤޤ϶ػߤ˴ؤ֡ǽʥСˤä魯ΤޤΣ	Safety arrangements preventing or inhibiting contact with live parts, including operation of isolation on removal of cover [5]
H01H  85/26  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/26	237	ޥ	Magazine arrangements
H01H  85/28  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/28	92	ưִԤʤ	effecting automatic replacement
H01H  85/30  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/30	1206	ҥ塼ȹ¤ŪȤ߹碌ҥ塼ξ֤ؼ뤿μ	Means for indicating condition of fuse structurally associated with the fuse
H01H  85/32  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/32	168	ݸ֤ȹ¤ŪȤ߹碌ؼ	Indicating lamp structurally associated with the protective device
H01H  85/34  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/34	185	̥ޡ㡥顼	Distinguishing marks, e.g. colour coding
H01H  85/36  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/36	763	˵ŪĥϤͿ뤿μ	Means for applying mechanical tension to fusible member
H01H  85/38  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/38	733	ø̤ޤѤμʡʥѥƤˤΣȣȣŪĥϤͿΣȣȣ	Means for extinguishing or suppressing arc (by powder filling H01H 85/18; by mechanical tension applied to fusible member H01H 85/36)
H01H  85/40  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/40	61	øѱΤѤΡʱΤħȤΣȣȣ	using an arc-extinguishing liquid (characterised by the composition of the liquid H01H 33/22)
H01H  85/42  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/42	59	øѵΤѤΡʵΤħȤΣȣȣ	using an arc-extinguishing gas (characterised by the composition of the gas H01H 33/22)
H01H  85/43  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/43	354	ǥˤͷΥӽФޤϵۼʡޤϲǮˤȯ٤ΰϤȴʡΣ	Means for exhausting or absorbing gases liberated by fusing arc, or for ventilating excess pressure generated by heating [5]
H01H  85/44  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/44	209	ѡåդȤ߹碌ҥ塼	Structural association with spark-gap arrester
H01H  85/46  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/46	621	ӤˤŬ礵Ƥʤݸ֤ˤϩ	Circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular application of the protective device
H01H  85/47  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/47	244	ѼʡΣ	Means for cooling [5]
H01H  85/48  \	1	1	5G502	H01H  85/48	363	ˤäľܻٻޤݻ줿ҥ塼ݸ	Protective devices wherein the fuse is carried or held directly by the base
H01H  85/50  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/50	1713	ξü˴³üҤͭҥ塼	the fuse having contacts at opposite ends for co-operation with the base
H01H  85/52  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/52	27	ˤͤ褦˹줿ҥ塼	the fuse being adapted for screwing into the base
H01H  85/54  \	1	1	5G502	H01H  85/54	313	椫곰ǽʲʬޤʬˡٻĻޤݻ줿ҥ塼ݸ֡ޤϥʥ饤ȤѤݸ	Protective devices wherein the fuse is carried, held, or retained by an intermediate or auxiliary part removable from the base, or used as sectionalisers
H01H  85/56  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/56	546	ؤüҤͭʬޤʬ㡥֥å䷿	the intermediate or auxiliary part having side contacts for plugging into the base, e.g. bridge-carrier type
H01H  85/58  \	3	3	5G502	H01H  85/58	400	ʬޤʬȤȹ礦褦˷줿Ȥˤäơҥ塼Ϥ	with intermediate auxiliary part and base shaped to interfit and thereby enclose the fuse
H01H  85/60  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/60	226	ξü˴³üҤͭʬޤʬ	the intermediate or auxiliary part having contacts at opposite ends for co-operation with the base
H01H  85/62  \	2	2	5G502	H01H  85/62	155	ˤͤ褦˹줿ʬޤʬ	the intermediate or auxiliary part being adapted for screwing into the base
H01H  87/00  \	0	0	5G502	H01H  87/00	260	ήˤʤȤΤޤϸΤ𤷤ήήΤξȯޤϸΤϲ򡤾ȯˤäƼǤ졤ѤˤäƲϩ줬ʤݸ֡Σ	Protective devices in which a current flowing through a liquid or solid is interrupted by the evaporation of the liquid or by the melting and evaporation of the solid when the current becomes excessive, the circuit continuity being reestablished on cooling [3]
H01H  89/00  \	0	0	5G052	H01H  89/00	1448	İʾΰۤʤ뷿ŵŪåŴ쥯ݸ֤Ȥ߹碌ǤꡤΥ֥饹¾Υ롼פΤˤޤʤΡΣ	Combinations of two or more different basic types of electric switches, relays, selectors and emergency protective devices, not covered by any single one of the other main groups of this subclass [8]
H01H  89/02  \	1	1	5G052	H01H  89/02	5	ưåȥåȤ߹碌㡥ФȾΥåΣ	Combination of a key operated switch with a manually operated switch, e.g. ignition and lighting switches [8]
H01H  89/04  \	1	1	5G052	H01H  89/04	3	ǮưåȼưåȤ߹碌Σ	Combination of a thermally actuated switch with a manually operated switch [8]
H01H  89/06  \	1	1	5G052	H01H  89/06	0	ưꥻåȲϩܿȤ߹碌¨ݸ֤ȱˤ椵ƱβϩΣ	Combination of a manual reset circuit with a contactor, i.e. the same circuit controlled by both a protective and a remote control device [8]
H01H  89/08  \	2	2	5G052	H01H  89/08	0	ƱФѤ֤ͭΡΣ	with both devices using the same contact pair [8]
H01H  89/10  \	3	3	5G052	H01H  89/10	1	ĤζưΣĤ椹֤򤽤줾ͭΡΣ	with each device controlling one of the two co-operating contacts [8]
